aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--src/xterm.c9366
1 files changed, 7276 insertions, 2090 deletions
diff --git a/src/xterm.c b/src/xterm.c
index 2e057dac76f..14514983a41 100644
--- a/src/xterm.c
+++ b/src/xterm.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
1/* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. 1/* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 4
4This file is part of GNU Emacs. 5This file is part of GNU Emacs.
5 6
@@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
18the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, 19the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
19Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ 20Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
20 21
22/* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21/* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ 23/* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
22 24
23/* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ 25/* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
@@ -28,6 +30,9 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28#include <config.h> 30#include <config.h>
29 31
30#include <stdio.h> 32#include <stdio.h>
33#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
34#include <stdlib.h>
35#endif
31 36
32#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS 37#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
33 38
@@ -92,13 +97,40 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
92#include <X11/Shell.h> 97#include <X11/Shell.h>
93#endif 98#endif
94 99
100#include <sys/types.h>
101#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
102#include <sys/time.h>
103#endif
104#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
105#include <unistd.h>
106#endif
107
95#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 108#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
109
96extern void free_frame_menubar (); 110extern void free_frame_menubar ();
97extern FRAME_PTR x_menubar_window_to_frame (); 111extern FRAME_PTR x_menubar_window_to_frame ();
112
98#if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES) 113#if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
99#define HACK_EDITRES 114#define HACK_EDITRES
100extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); 115extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
101#endif /* not NO_EDITRES */ 116#endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
117
118/* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
119
120#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
121#if defined USE_MOTIF
122#include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
123#include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
124#include <Xm/ScrollBarP.h>
125#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
126#include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
127#include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
128#include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
129#define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
130#include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
131#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */
132#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133
102#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ 134#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
103 135
104#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT 136#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
@@ -126,60 +158,152 @@ extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
126#endif 158#endif
127 159
128#ifndef min 160#ifndef min
129#define min(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a) : (b)) 161#define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
130#endif 162#endif
131#ifndef max 163#ifndef max
132#define max(a,b) ((a)>(b) ? (a) : (b)) 164#define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
133#endif 165#endif
166
167#define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
168
169#define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
170
134 171
135/* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in use. */ 172/* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */
173
174enum bitmap_type
175{
176 NO_BITMAP,
177 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
178 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
179 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
180 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
181 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
182 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
183};
184
185/* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
186 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
187
188#define zv_width 8
189#define zv_height 8
190static unsigned char zv_bits[] = {
191 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00};
192
193/* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
194
195#define left_width 8
196#define left_height 8
197static unsigned char left_bits[] = {
198 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
199
200/* Marker for continued lines. */
201
202#define continued_width 8
203#define continued_height 8
204static unsigned char continued_bits[] = {
205 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0xb4, 0xfc, 0x78, 0x30};
206
207#define continuation_width 8
208#define continuation_height 8
209static unsigned char continuation_bits[] = {
210 0x0c, 0x1e, 0x3f, 0x2d, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c};
211
212/* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
213
214#define right_width 8
215#define right_height 8
216static unsigned char right_bits[] = {
217 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
218
219/* Overlay arrow bitmap; a filled `<>'. */
220
221#if 1
222#define ov_width 8
223#define ov_height 8
224static unsigned char ov_bits[] = {
225 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c};
226
227#elif 0
228#define ov_width 8
229#define ov_height 8
230static unsigned char ov_bits[] = {
231 0x18, 0x04, 0x08, 0x1c, 0x3e, 0x3a, 0x32, 0x1c};
232#else
233#define ov_width 8
234#define ov_height 8
235static unsigned char ov_bits[] = {
236 0x18, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7e, 0x3c, 0x18};
237#endif
238
239extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
240
241
242/* Non-zero means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
243
244int x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p;
245
246/* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
247 (The display is done in read_char.) */
248
249static Lisp_Object help_echo;
250
251/* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
252
253static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
254
255/* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
256 start. */
257
258static int any_help_event_p;
259
260/* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
261 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
262 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
263
264int x_stretch_cursor_p;
265
266/* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
267 use. */
268
136struct x_display_info *x_display_list; 269struct x_display_info *x_display_list;
137 270
138/* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), 271/* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
139 one for each element of x_display_list and in the same order. 272 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
140 NAME is the name of the frame. 273 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
141 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ 274 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
275
142Lisp_Object x_display_name_list; 276Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;
143 277
144/* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. 278/* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
145 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the 279 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
146 XT functions. It is zero while not inside an update. 280 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
147 In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame' 281 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
148 is the frame to apply to. */ 282
149extern struct frame *updating_frame; 283extern struct frame *updating_frame;
150 284
151extern int waiting_for_input; 285extern int waiting_for_input;
152 286
153/* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within XTread_socket. */ 287/* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
288
154struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; 289struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
155 290
156#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 291#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
157/* The application context for Xt use. */ 292/* The application context for Xt use. */
158XtAppContext Xt_app_con; 293XtAppContext Xt_app_con;
294static String Xt_default_resources[] = {0};
295#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
159 296
160static String Xt_default_resources[] = 297/* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
161{ 298 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
162 0 299 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
163};
164#endif
165
166/* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
167
168static int flexlines;
169
170/* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
171
172static int highlight;
173 300
174/* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. 301struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
175 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
176 302
177static int curs_x;
178static int curs_y;
179 303
180/* Mouse movement. 304/* Mouse movement.
181 305
182 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in STANDARD_EVENT_MASK) 306 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
183 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify 307 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
184 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking 308 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
185 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. 309 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
@@ -198,30 +322,35 @@ static int curs_y;
198 is off. */ 322 is off. */
199 323
200/* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ 324/* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
201static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
202static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph;
203 325
326FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
327static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph;
204static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; 328static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
205 329
206/* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. 330/* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
207 331
208 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this 332 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
209 so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or 333 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
210 an ordinary motion. 334 an ordinary motion.
211 335
212 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this 336 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
213 to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ 337 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
338 event. */
339
214static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; 340static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
215 341
216/* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would 342/* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
217 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there 343 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
218 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server 344 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
219 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time 345 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
220 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that 346 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
221 it's somewhat accurate. */ 347 it's somewhat accurate. */
348
222static Time last_mouse_movement_time; 349static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
223 350
224/* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */ 351/* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
352 events. */
353
225#ifdef __STDC__ 354#ifdef __STDC__
226static int volatile input_signal_count; 355static int volatile input_signal_count;
227#else 356#else
@@ -229,15 +358,17 @@ static int input_signal_count;
229#endif 358#endif
230 359
231/* Used locally within XTread_socket. */ 360/* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
361
232static int x_noop_count; 362static int x_noop_count;
233 363
234/* Initial values of argv and argc. */ 364/* Initial values of argv and argc. */
365
235extern char **initial_argv; 366extern char **initial_argv;
236extern int initial_argc; 367extern int initial_argc;
237 368
238extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; 369extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
239 370
240/* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ 371/* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
241 372
242extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; 373extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager;
243 374
@@ -246,35 +377,141 @@ extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
246extern int errno; 377extern int errno;
247 378
248/* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ 379/* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
380
249extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; 381extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
250 382
251static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; 383static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
252 384
253extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources (); 385extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources ();
254
255extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type (); 386extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type ();
256 387
257void x_delete_display ();
258 388
259static void redraw_previous_char (); 389/* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
260static void redraw_following_char (); 390 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
261static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (); 391
392enum draw_glyphs_face
393{
394 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
395 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
396 DRAW_CURSOR,
397 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
398 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
399 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
400};
401
402static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int));
403static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
404void x_delete_display P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
405static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
406 unsigned));
407static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
408 int *, int *));
409static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
410static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
411 int *, int *, int *));
412static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
413static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
414static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
415static void note_toolbar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
416static void x_handle_toolbar_click P_ ((struct frame *, XButtonEvent *));
417static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
418 enum draw_glyphs_face));
419static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *));
420int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *));
421void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int));
422void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
423void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
424int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *));
425void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
426void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
427void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
428void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
429void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
430void x_initialize P_ ((void));
431static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
432static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
433static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
434 struct glyph_row *,
435 enum draw_glyphs_face));
436static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
437static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
438static void XTreassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int));
439static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int));
440static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
441static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
442static void XTcursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
443static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
444static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
445static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
446static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
447static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
448static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
449static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *));
450static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
451static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
452static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
453static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
454static int x_intersect_rectangles P_ ((XRectangle *, XRectangle *,
455 XRectangle *));
456static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
457static void expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *));
458static void expose_window P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *));
459static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
460 XRectangle *, enum glyph_row_area));
461static void expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
462 XRectangle *));
463static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
464static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
465static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
466void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
467static void x_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
468 enum bitmap_type));
469
470static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
471 GC, int));
472static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *));
473static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
474static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
475static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f));
476
477
478/* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
479
480static void
481x_flush (f)
482 struct frame *f;
483{
484 BLOCK_INPUT;
485 if (f == NULL)
486 {
487 Lisp_Object rest, frame;
488 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
489 x_flush (XFRAME (frame));
490 }
491 else if (FRAME_X_P (f))
492 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
493 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
494}
495
496
497/* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
498 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
499 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
500 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
501 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
502 performance. */
262 503
263static int fast_find_position (); 504#define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
264static void note_mouse_highlight ();
265static void clear_mouse_face ();
266static void show_mouse_face ();
267static void do_line_dance ();
268 505
269static void XTcursor_to ();
270static void XTclear_end_of_line ();
271static int x_io_error_quitter ();
272int x_catch_errors ();
273void x_uncatch_errors ();
274 506
507/***********************************************************************
508 Debugging
509 ***********************************************************************/
510
275#if 0 511#if 0
276/* This is a function useful for recording debugging information 512
277 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ 513/* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
514 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
278 515
279struct record 516struct record
280{ 517{
@@ -299,6 +536,8 @@ record_event (locus, type)
299} 536}
300 537
301#endif /* 0 */ 538#endif /* 0 */
539
540
302 541
303/* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */ 542/* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
304 543
@@ -314,199 +553,540 @@ x_display_info_for_display (dpy)
314 553
315 return 0; 554 return 0;
316} 555}
317
318/* Starting and ending updates.
319 556
320 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end 557
321 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity 558
322 of the frame being updated, so that the XT... functions do not 559/***********************************************************************
323 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the XT... functions 560 Starting and ending an update
324 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions 561 ***********************************************************************/
325 being XTcursor_to, XTwrite_glyphs and XTreassert_line_highlight. */ 562
563/* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
564 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
565 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
566 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
567 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
326 568
327static void 569static void
328XTupdate_begin (f) 570x_update_begin (f)
329 struct frame *f; 571 struct frame *f;
330{ 572{
331 int mask; 573 /* Nothing to do. */
574}
332 575
333 if (f == 0)
334 abort ();
335 576
336 flexlines = f->height; 577/* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
337 highlight = 0; 578 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
579 position of W. */
338 580
339 BLOCK_INPUT; 581static void
582x_update_window_begin (w)
583 struct window *w;
584{
585 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
586 struct x_display_info *display_info = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
587
588 updated_window = w;
589 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
340 590
341 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); 591 BLOCK_INPUT;
342 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
343 592
344 if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) 593 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
345 { 594 {
346 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ 595 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
347 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1; 596 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
348 597
349 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn, 598 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
350 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */ 599 highlighting. */
351 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) 600 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
352 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil; 601 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
353 602
354 if (!NILP (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)) 603 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
604 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
605 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
606 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
607 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
608 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
609 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
355 { 610 {
356 int firstline, lastline, i; 611 int i;
357 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
358 612
359 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */ 613 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
360 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++) 614 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
361 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
362 break; 615 break;
363 616
364 lastline = f->height; 617 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
365 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--) 618 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
366 {
367 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
368 break;
369 else
370 lastline = i;
371 }
372
373 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
374 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
375 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
376 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
377 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
378 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
379 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
380 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
381 } 619 }
382 } 620 }
383 621
384 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 622 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
385} 623}
386 624
625
626/* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
627 have vertical scroll bars. */
628
387static void 629static void
388XTupdate_end (f) 630x_draw_vertical_border (w)
389 struct frame *f; 631 struct window *w;
390{ 632{
391 int mask; 633 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
634
635 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
636 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
637 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
638 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
639 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
640 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
641 {
642 int x0, x1, y0, y1;
643
644 window_box_edges (w, -1, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
645 x1 += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
646 y1 -= 1;
647
648 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
649 f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x1, y0, x1, y1);
650 }
651}
652
653
654/* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). Draw
655 vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and display
656 W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. W may be a menu bar
657 pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit support. Such
658 windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it here. */
659
660static void
661x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p)
662 struct window *w;
663 int cursor_on_p;
664{
665 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
666 {
667 BLOCK_INPUT;
668 if (cursor_on_p)
669 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
670 output_cursor.vpos,
671 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
672 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
673 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
674 }
675
676 updated_window = NULL;
677}
392 678
393 BLOCK_INPUT;
394 679
395 do_line_dance (); 680/* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
396 x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, curs_y); 681 update_end. */
397 682
683static void
684x_update_end (f)
685 struct frame *f;
686{
687 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
398 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; 688 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
399#if 0
400 /* This fails in the case of having updated only the echo area
401 if we have switched buffers. In that case, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS
402 has no relation to the current contents, and its charstarts
403 have no relation to the contents of the window-buffer.
404 I don't know a clean way to check
405 for that case. window_end_valid isn't set up yet. */
406 if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
407 note_mouse_highlight (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
408 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
409#endif
410 689
690 BLOCK_INPUT;
411 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); 691 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
412 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 692 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
413} 693}
414 694
415/* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */ 695
696/* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
697 complete update has been performed. The global variable
698 updated_window is not available here. */
416 699
417static void 700static void
418XTframe_up_to_date (f) 701XTframe_up_to_date (f)
419 FRAME_PTR f; 702 struct frame *f;
420{ 703{
421 BLOCK_INPUT; 704 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
422 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
423 || f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
424 { 705 {
425 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) 706 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
426 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame, 707 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
427 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x, 708 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
428 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y); 709 {
429 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; 710 BLOCK_INPUT;
711 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
712 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
713 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
714 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
715 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
716 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
717 }
718 }
719}
720
721
722/* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
723 arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
724 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
725 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
726 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
727 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
728
729static void
730x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
731 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
732{
733 struct window *w = updated_window;
734
735 xassert (w);
736
737 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
738 {
739 BLOCK_INPUT;
740 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
741
742 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
743 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */
744 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
745 {
746 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
747 int width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
748 int height = desired_row->visible_height;
749 int x = window_box_right (w, -1) + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
750 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
751
752 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
753 x, y, width, height, False);
754 }
755
756 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
430 } 757 }
431 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
432} 758}
759
760
761/* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
762 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
763 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
764 drawn. */
765
766static void
767x_draw_bitmap (w, row, which)
768 struct window *w;
769 struct glyph_row *row;
770 enum bitmap_type which;
771{
772 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
773 Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
774 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
775 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
776 unsigned char *bits;
777 Pixmap pixmap;
778 GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
779 struct face *face;
780 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f));
781
782 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
783 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 1);
784
785 switch (which)
786 {
787 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
788 wd = left_width;
789 h = left_height;
790 bits = left_bits;
791 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
792 - wd
793 - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
794 break;
795
796 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
797 wd = left_width;
798 h = left_height;
799 bits = ov_bits;
800 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
801 - wd
802 - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
803 break;
804
805 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
806 wd = right_width;
807 h = right_height;
808 bits = right_bits;
809 x = window_box_right (w, -1);
810 x += (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
811 break;
812
813 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
814 wd = right_width;
815 h = right_height;
816 bits = continued_bits;
817 x = window_box_right (w, -1);
818 x += (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
819 break;
820
821 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
822 wd = continuation_width;
823 h = continuation_height;
824 bits = continuation_bits;
825 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
826 - wd
827 - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
828 break;
829
830 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
831 wd = zv_width;
832 h = zv_height;
833 bits = zv_bits;
834 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
835 - wd
836 - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
837 break;
838
839 default:
840 abort ();
841 }
842
843 /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to
844 start drawing the bitmap. */
845 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
846 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
847
848 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
849 by the server. */
850 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
851 pixmap = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, window, bits, wd, h,
852 face->foreground,
853 face->background, depth);
854 XCopyArea (display, pixmap, window, gc, 0, 0, wd, h, x, y + dy);
855 XFreePixmap (display, pixmap);
856 XSetClipMask (display, gc, None);
857}
858
859
860/* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
861 function with input blocked. */
862
863static void
864x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row)
865 struct window *w;
866 struct glyph_row *row;
867{
868 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
869 enum bitmap_type bitmap;
870 struct face *face;
871 int top_line_height = -1;
872
873 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
874
875 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
876 don't have to draw anything. */
877 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
878 return;
879
880 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
881 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
882
883 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */
884 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
885 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
886 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
887 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
888 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
889 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
890 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
891 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
892 else
893 bitmap = NO_BITMAP;
894
895 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
896 the flags area. */
897 if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
898 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
899 || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
900 {
901 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
902 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
903 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
904 ? 1 : 0);
905 int left = window_box_left (w, -1);
906
907 if (top_line_height < 0)
908 top_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
909 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background);
910 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
911 face->gc,
912 (left
913 - FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
914 + border),
915 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (top_line_height,
916 row->y)),
917 FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border,
918 row->visible_height);
919 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground);
920 }
921
922 /* Draw the left bitmap. */
923 if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
924 x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap);
925
926 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */
927 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
928 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
929 else if (row->continued_p)
930 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
931 else
932 bitmap = NO_BITMAP;
933
934 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
935 the flags area. */
936 if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
937 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
938 || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
939 {
940 int right = window_box_right (w, -1);
941
942 if (top_line_height < 0)
943 top_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background);
945 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
946 face->gc,
947 right,
948 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (top_line_height,
949 row->y)),
950 FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f),
951 row->visible_height);
952 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground);
953 }
954
955 /* Draw the right bitmap. */
956 if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
957 x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap);
958}
959
433 960
434/* External interface to control of standout mode. 961/***********************************************************************
435 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS 962 Line Highlighting
436 and not change whether it is highlighted. */ 963 ***********************************************************************/
437 964
438void 965/* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for X
966 frames. Aborts when called. */
967
968static void
439XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) 969XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
440 int new, vpos; 970 int new, vpos;
441{ 971{
442 highlight = new; 972 abort ();
443} 973}
444 974
445/* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS 975
446 and change whether it is highlighted. */ 976/* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
977 whether it is highlighted. Not used for X frames. Aborts when
978 called. */
447 979
448static void 980static void
449XTchange_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos) 981x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos)
450 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos; 982 int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos;
451{ 983{
452 highlight = new_highlight; 984 abort ();
453 XTcursor_to (vpos, 0);
454 XTclear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (updating_frame));
455} 985}
456 986
457/* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend. 987
458 When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing must be done 988/* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
459 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */ 989 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
990 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
991 rarely happens). */
460 992
461static void 993static void
462XTset_terminal_modes () 994XTset_terminal_modes ()
463{ 995{
464} 996}
465 997
466/* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. 998/* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
467 Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending 999 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
468 requires no action. */
469 1000
470static void 1001static void
471XTreset_terminal_modes () 1002XTreset_terminal_modes ()
472{ 1003{
473/* XTclear_frame (); */
474} 1004}
1005
1006
475 1007
476/* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame. 1008/***********************************************************************
477 This is where display update commands will take effect. 1009 Output Cursor
478 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */ 1010 ***********************************************************************/
1011
1012/* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1013 positions are relative to updated_window. */
479 1014
480static void 1015static void
481XTcursor_to (row, col) 1016set_output_cursor (cursor)
482 register int row, col; 1017 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
483{ 1018{
484 int mask; 1019 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
485 int orow = row; 1020 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
486 struct frame *f; 1021 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
487 1022 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
488 f = updating_frame; 1023}
489 if (f == 0) 1024
490 f = selected_frame; 1025
1026/* Set a nominal cursor position.
1027
1028 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1029 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1030
1031 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1032 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1033 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1034 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
491 1035
492 curs_x = col; 1036static void
493 if (curs_x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) 1037XTcursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
494 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; 1038 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1039{
1040 struct window *w;
1041
1042 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1043 if (updated_window)
1044 w = updated_window;
1045 else
1046 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
495 1047
496 curs_y = row; 1048 /* Set the output cursor. */
1049 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1050 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1051 output_cursor.x = x;
1052 output_cursor.y = y;
497 1053
498 if (updating_frame == 0) 1054 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1055 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1056 if (updated_window == NULL)
499 { 1057 {
500 BLOCK_INPUT; 1058 BLOCK_INPUT;
501 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1, curs_x, curs_y); 1059 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
502 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame)); 1060 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
503 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 1061 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
504 } 1062 }
505} 1063}
506
507 1064
508/* Return a pointer to per char metric information in FONT of a 1065
509 character pointed by B (*XChar2b). */ 1066
1067/***********************************************************************
1068 Display Iterator
1069 ***********************************************************************/
1070
1071/* Function prototypes of this page. */
1072
1073static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1074 struct glyph *,
1075 XChar2b *));
1076static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1077 int, XChar2b *, int));
1078static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *));
1079static void x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *));
1080static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1081static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1082 int, int, double));
1083static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1084static void x_produce_special_glyphs P_ ((struct it *, enum display_element_type));
1085static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1086
1087
1088/* Return a pointer to per-char metric information in FONT of a
1089 character pointed by B which is a pointer to an XChar2b. */
510 1090
511#define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \ 1091#define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \
512 ((font)->per_char \ 1092 ((font)->per_char \
@@ -517,1009 +1097,3535 @@ XTcursor_to (row, col)
517 : 0)) \ 1097 : 0)) \
518 : &((font)->max_bounds)) 1098 : &((font)->max_bounds))
519 1099
520/* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
521 WINDOW is the x-window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
522 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
523 3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
524 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
525 don't alter the background.
526 1100
527 CMPCHARP if non NULL is a pointer to the struct cmpchar_info, which 1101/* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
528 means drawing glyphs on the same column. This is set to non NULL 1102 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
529 only when recursively called within dumpglyphs to draw a composite 1103 metric is returned. */
530 character specified by CMPCHAR. 1104
1105static INLINE XCharStruct *
1106x_per_char_metric (font, char2b)
1107 XFontStruct *font;
1108 XChar2b *char2b;
1109{
1110 /* The result metric information. */
1111 XCharStruct *pcm = NULL;
531 1112
532 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0). 1113 xassert (font && char2b);
533 1114
534 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling 1115 if (font->per_char != NULL)
535 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in 1116 {
536 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each 1117 if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0)
537 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one 1118 {
538 to which we can actually apply intern_face. 1119 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
539 Call this function with input blocked. 1120 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
1121 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
1122 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
1123 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
1124 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
1125 if (char2b->byte1 == 0
1126 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1127 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
1128 pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2;
1129 }
1130 else
1131 {
1132 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
1133 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
1134 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
1135 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
1136
1137 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
1138 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
1139
1140 where:
1141
1142 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
1143 / = integer division
1144 \ = integer modulus */
1145 if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1
1146 && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1
1147 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1148 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
1149 {
1150 pcm = (font->per_char
1151 + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)
1152 * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1))
1153 + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2));
1154 }
1155 }
1156 }
1157 else
1158 {
1159 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
1160 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
1161 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
1162 if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1163 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
1164 pcm = &font->max_bounds;
1165 }
540 1166
541 Return overall pixel width of the drawn glyphs. */
542 1167
543#if 1 1168 if (pcm == NULL || pcm->width == 0)
544/* This is the multi-face code. */ 1169 {
1170 /* Character not contained in the font. FONT->default_char
1171 gives the character that will be printed. FONT->default_char
1172 is a 16-bit character code with byte1 in the most significant
1173 byte and byte2 in the least significant byte. */
1174 XChar2b default_char;
1175 default_char.byte1 = (font->default_char >> BITS_PER_CHAR) & 0xff;
1176 default_char.byte2 = font->default_char & 0xff;
1177
1178 /* Avoid an endless recursion if FONT->default_char itself
1179 hasn't per char metrics. handa@etl.go.jp reports that some
1180 fonts have this problem. */
1181 if (default_char.byte1 != char2b->byte1
1182 || default_char.byte2 != char2b->byte2)
1183 pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &default_char);
1184 else
1185 pcm = &font->max_bounds;
1186 }
1187
1188 return pcm;
1189}
545 1190
546static int 1191
547dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground, cmpcharp) 1192/* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1193 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1194
1195static INLINE void
1196x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info)
1197 int c;
1198 XChar2b *char2b;
1199 struct font_info *font_info;
1200{
1201 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1202 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1203
1204 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1205 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1206 fixed encoding. */
1207 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1208 {
1209 /* It's a program. */
1210 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1211
1212 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1213 {
1214 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1215 ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2;
1216 }
1217 else
1218 {
1219 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1220 ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1;
1221 ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2;
1222 }
1223
1224 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1225
1226 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1227 program. */
1228 if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
1229 char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
1230 else
1231 char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
1232 }
1233 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1234 {
1235 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1236 encoding numbers. */
1237 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1238
1239 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1240 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1241 char2b->byte1 |= 0x80;
1242
1243 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
1244 char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
1245 }
1246}
1247
1248
1249/* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1250 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1251 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1252 realized face that is ready for display. */
1253
1254static INLINE struct face *
1255x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
548 struct frame *f; 1256 struct frame *f;
549 int left, top; 1257 int c, face_id;
550 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ 1258 XChar2b *char2b;
551 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ 1259 int multibyte_p;
552 int hl; 1260{
553 int just_foreground; 1261 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
554 struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
555{
556 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
557 XChar2b *x_2byte_buffer
558 = (XChar2b *) alloca (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * sizeof (*x_2byte_buffer));
559 register XChar2b *cp; /* Steps through x_2byte_buffer[]. */
560 char *x_1byte_buffer
561 = (char *) alloca (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * sizeof (*x_1byte_buffer));
562 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
563 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
564 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
565 int orig_left = left;
566 int gidx = 0;
567 int i;
568 1262
569 while (n > 0) 1263 if (!multibyte_p)
1264 {
1265 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1266 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1267 char2b->byte1 = 0;
1268 char2b->byte2 = c;
1269
1270 if (!FACE_SUITABLE_FOR_CHARSET_P (face, -1))
1271 {
1272 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, face_id, -1);
1273 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1274 }
1275 }
1276 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1277 {
1278 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1279 char2b->byte1 = 0;
1280 char2b->byte2 = c;
1281 }
1282 else
570 { 1283 {
571 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */ 1284 int c1, c2, charset;
572 int cf, len; 1285
573 GLYPH g = *gp; 1286 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
574 int ch, charset; 1287 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
575 Lisp_Object first_ch; 1288 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
576 /* HIGHEST and LOWEST are used while drawing a composite 1289 if (c2 > 0)
577 character. The meanings are described later. */ 1290 char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2;
578 int highest, lowest; 1291 else
1292 char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1;
1293
1294 /* Get the face for displaying C. If `face' is not suitable for
1295 charset, get the one that fits. (This can happen for the
1296 translations of composite characters where the glyph
1297 specifies a face for ASCII, but translations have a different
1298 charset.) */
1299 if (!FACE_SUITABLE_FOR_CHARSET_P (face, charset))
1300 {
1301 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, face_id, charset);
1302 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1303 }
1304
1305 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1306 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1307 {
1308 struct font_info *font_info
1309 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1310 if (font_info)
1311 {
1312 x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info);
1313 if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
1314 {
1315 xassert (((XFontStruct *) font_info->font)->max_char_or_byte2
1316 >= 0x80);
1317 char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
1318 }
1319 }
1320 }
1321 }
579 1322
580 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); 1323 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
581 cf = (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->face_work : FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g)); 1324 xassert (face != NULL);
582 ch = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); 1325 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
583 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment 1326
584 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch) 1327 return face;
585 && (ch >= 0240 1328}
586 || (ch >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))) 1329
587 ch = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (ch); 1330
588 if (gidx == 0) XSETFASTINT (first_ch, ch); 1331/* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
589 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (ch); 1332 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch.code is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
590 if (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION) 1333 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1334
1335static INLINE struct face *
1336x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b)
1337 struct frame *f;
1338 struct glyph *glyph;
1339 XChar2b *char2b;
1340{
1341 struct face *face;
1342
1343 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1344 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->u.ch.face_id);
1345
1346 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1347 {
1348 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1349 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1350 char2b->byte1 = 0;
1351 char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch.code;
1352 }
1353 else if (glyph->u.ch.code < 128
1354 && glyph->u.ch.face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1355 {
1356 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1357 char2b->byte1 = 0;
1358 char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch.code;
1359 }
1360 else
1361 {
1362 int c1, c2, charset;
1363
1364 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1365 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1366 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch.code, charset, c1, c2);
1367 if (c2 > 0)
1368 char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2;
1369 else
1370 char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1;
1371
1372 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1373 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
591 { 1374 {
592 /* We must draw components of the composite character on the 1375 struct font_info *font_info
593 same column. */ 1376 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
594 cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (ch)]; 1377 if (font_info)
595 1378 {
596 /* Set the face in the slot for work. */ 1379 x_encode_char (glyph->u.ch.code, char2b, font_info);
597 cmpcharp->face_work = cf; 1380 if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
598 1381 char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
599 /* We don't need the return value ... */ 1382 }
600 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, cmpcharp->glyph, cmpcharp->glyph_len,
601 hl, just_foreground, cmpcharp);
602 /* ... because the width of just drawn text can be
603 calculated as follows. */
604 left += FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * cmpcharp->width;
605
606 ++gp, --n;
607 while (gp && (*gp & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING)) ++gp, --n;
608 cmpcharp = NULL;
609 continue;
610 } 1383 }
1384 }
611 1385
612 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs which can be drawn with 1386 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
613 the same GC (i.e. the same charset and the same face-code). 1387 xassert (face != NULL);
614 Extract their character codes into X_2BYTE_BUFFER. 1388 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
615 If CMPCHARP is not NULL, face-code is not checked because we 1389 return face;
616 use only the face specified in `cmpcharp->face_work'. */ 1390}
617 cp = x_2byte_buffer; 1391
618 while (n > 0) 1392
1393/* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1394 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1395
1396static INLINE void
1397x_append_glyph (it)
1398 struct it *it;
1399{
1400 struct glyph *glyph;
1401 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1402
1403 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1404 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1405
1406 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1407 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1408 {
1409 /* Play it safe. If sub-structures of the glyph are not all the
1410 same size, it otherwise be that some bits stay set. This
1411 would prevent a comparison with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. */
1412 glyph->u.val = 0;
1413
1414 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1415 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1416 glyph->u.ch.code = it->char_to_display;
1417 glyph->u.ch.face_id = it->face_id;
1418 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1419 glyph->object = it->object;
1420 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1421 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1422 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1423 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1424 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1425 }
1426}
1427
1428
1429/* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1430 IT->voffset. */
1431
1432static INLINE void
1433take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1434 struct it *it;
1435{
1436 if (it->voffset)
1437 {
1438 if (it->voffset < 0)
1439 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1440 in the line. */
1441 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1442 else
1443 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1444 in the line. */
1445 it->descent += it->voffset;
1446 }
1447}
1448
1449
1450/* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1451 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1452 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1453
1454static void
1455x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1456 struct it *it;
1457{
1458 struct image *img;
1459 struct face *face;
1460
1461 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1462
1463 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1464 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1465 xassert (img);
1466
1467 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1468 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1469 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1470
1471 it->ascent = IMAGE_ASCENT (img);
1472 it->descent = img->height + 2 * img->margin - it->ascent;
1473 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->margin;
1474
1475 it->nglyphs = 1;
1476
1477 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1478 {
1479 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1480 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1481
1482 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1483 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1484 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1485 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1486 }
1487
1488 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1489
1490 if (it->glyph_row)
1491 {
1492 struct glyph *glyph;
1493 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1494
1495 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1496 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
619 { 1497 {
620 int this_charset, c1, c2; 1498 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
621 1499 glyph->u.img.id = img->id;
622 g = *gp; 1500 glyph->u.img.face_id = it->face_id;
623 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); 1501 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
624 ch = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); 1502 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
625 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment 1503 glyph->object = it->object;
626 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch) 1504 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
627 && (ch >= 0240 1505 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
628 || (ch >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))) 1506 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
629 ch = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (ch); 1507 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
630 SPLIT_CHAR (ch, this_charset, c1, c2); 1508 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
631 if (this_charset != charset 1509 }
632 || (cmpcharp == NULL && FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf)) 1510 }
633 break; 1511}
1512
1513
1514/* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1515 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1516 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1517 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1518
1519static void
1520x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1521 struct it *it;
1522 Lisp_Object object;
1523 int width, height;
1524 double ascent;
1525{
1526 struct glyph *glyph;
1527 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1528
1529 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1530
1531 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1532 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1533 {
1534 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1535 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1536 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1537 glyph->u.stretch.face_id = it->face_id;
1538 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1539 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1540 glyph->object = object;
1541 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1542 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1543 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1544 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1545 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1546 }
1547}
1548
1549
1550/* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1551 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1552 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1553 being recognized:
1554
1555 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1556 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1557 point number.
1558
1559 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1560 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1561 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
634 1562
635 if (c2 > 0) 1563 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
636 cp->byte1 = c1, cp->byte2 = c2; 1564 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1565
1566 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1567
1568 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1569 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1570
1571 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
1572 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1573 the glyph property.
1574
1575 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1576
1577 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1578 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1579 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1580
1581#define NUMVAL(X) \
1582 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1583 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1584 : - 1)
1585
1586
1587static void
1588x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1589 struct it *it;
1590{
1591 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1592 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent, Qspace;
1593 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1594 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1595 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1596 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1597 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1598 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1599
1600 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1601
1602 /* List should start with `space'. */
1603 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1604 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1605
1606 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1607 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1608 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1609 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1610 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1611 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1612 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1613 {
1614 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1615 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1616 property. */
1617 struct it it2;
1618 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1619
1620 it2 = *it;
1621 if (it->multibyte_p)
1622 {
1623 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1624 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1625 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1626 }
1627 else
1628 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1629
1630 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1631 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1632 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1633 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1634 }
1635 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1636 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1637 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1638 else
1639 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1640 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1641
1642 /* Compute height. */
1643 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1644 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1645 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1646 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1647 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1648 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1649 else
1650 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1651
1652 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1653 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1654 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1655 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1656 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1657 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1658 else
1659 ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1660
1661 if (width <= 0)
1662 width = 1;
1663 if (height <= 0)
1664 height = 1;
1665
1666 if (it->glyph_row)
1667 {
1668 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1669 if (!STRINGP (object))
1670 object = it->w->buffer;
1671 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1672 }
1673
1674 it->pixel_width = width;
1675 it->ascent = height * ascent;
1676 it->descent = height - it->ascent;
1677 it->nglyphs = 1;
1678
1679 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1680 {
1681 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1682 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1683
1684 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1685 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1686 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1687 it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
1688 }
1689
1690 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1691}
1692
1693
1694/* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1695 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1696 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1697
1698static void
1699x_produce_glyphs (it)
1700 struct it *it;
1701{
1702 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
1703 {
1704 XChar2b char2b;
1705 XFontStruct *font;
1706 struct face *face;
1707 XCharStruct *pcm;
1708 struct it ci;
1709 int font_not_found_p;
1710 int c;
1711
1712 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
1713 it->char_to_display = it->c;
1714 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1715 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
1716 && (it->c >= 0240
1717 || (it->c >= 0200
1718 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
1719 {
1720 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
1721 it->charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
1722 }
1723
1724 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1725 face = x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
1726 it->face_id, &char2b,
1727 it->multibyte_p);
1728 font = face->font;
1729
1730 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
1731 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
1732 if (font_not_found_p)
1733 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1734
1735 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
1736 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
1737 {
1738 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
1739 int stretched_p;
1740
1741 it->nglyphs = 1;
1742 it->ascent = font->ascent;
1743 it->descent = font->descent;
1744
1745 pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b);
1746 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
1747
1748 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
1749 `space-width' property, change its width. */
1750 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
1751 if (stretched_p)
1752 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
1753
1754 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
1755 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
1756 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
1757 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1758 {
1759 int thick = face->box_line_width;
1760
1761 it->ascent += thick;
1762 it->descent += thick;
1763
1764 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1765 it->pixel_width += thick;
1766 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1767 it->pixel_width += thick;
1768 }
1769
1770 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1771 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1772 if (face->overline_p)
1773 it->ascent += 2;
1774
1775 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1776
1777 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
1778 if (it->glyph_row)
1779 {
1780 if (stretched_p)
1781 {
1782 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
1783 into a stretch glyph. */
1784 double ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1785 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
1786 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
1787 }
1788 else
1789 x_append_glyph (it);
1790
1791 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
1792 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
1793 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
1794 if (pcm->lbearing < 0
1795 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
1796 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
1797 }
1798 }
1799 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
1800 {
1801 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
1802 it->pixel_width = 0;
1803 it->nglyphs = 0;
1804 it->ascent = font->ascent;
1805 it->descent = font->descent;
1806
1807 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1808 {
1809 int thick = face->box_line_width;
1810 it->ascent += thick;
1811 it->descent += thick;
1812 }
1813 }
1814 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
1815 {
1816 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1817 int x = (it->current_x
1818 - it->prompt_width
1819 + it->continuation_lines_width);
1820 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
1821
1822 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
1823 it->nglyphs = 1;
1824 it->ascent = font->ascent;
1825 it->descent = font->descent;
1826
1827 if (it->glyph_row)
1828 {
1829 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
1830 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
1831 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
1832 }
1833 }
1834 else
1835 {
1836 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
1837 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
1838 width of the font. There has to be better support for
1839 variable sizes in cmpchar_info to do anything better than
1840 that.
1841
1842 Note: composite characters are represented as one glyph in
1843 the glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
1844 if (it->charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
1845 {
1846 struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
1847 int idx;
1848
1849 idx = COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (it->char_to_display);
1850 cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[idx];
1851 it->pixel_width = font->max_bounds.width * cmpcharp->width;
1852
1853 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph
1854 to produce for the composite char. Important is that
1855 pixel_width, ascent and descent are the values of what is
1856 drawn by draw_glyphs. */
1857 it->nglyphs = 1;
1858
1859 /* These settings may not be correct. We must have more
1860 information in cmpcharp to do the correct setting. */
1861 it->ascent = font->ascent;
1862 it->descent = font->descent;
1863 }
637 else 1864 else
638 cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = c1; 1865 {
639 ++cp; 1866 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
640 ++gp, --n; 1867 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
641 while (gp && (*gp & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING)) 1868 default font and calculate the width of the character
642 ++gp, --n; 1869 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
1870 did. */
1871 pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b);
1872 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
1873 if (font_not_found_p)
1874 it->pixel_width *= CHARSET_WIDTH (it->charset);
1875 it->nglyphs = 1;
1876 it->ascent = font->ascent;
1877 it->descent = font->descent;
1878 if (it->glyph_row
1879 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
1880 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
1881 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
1882 }
1883
1884 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1885 {
1886 int thick = face->box_line_width;
1887 it->ascent += thick;
1888 it->descent += thick;
1889
1890 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1891 it->pixel_width += thick;
1892 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1893 it->pixel_width += thick;
1894 }
1895
1896 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1897 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1898 if (face->overline_p)
1899 it->ascent += 2;
1900
1901 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1902
1903 if (it->glyph_row)
1904 x_append_glyph (it);
643 } 1905 }
1906 }
1907 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
1908 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
1909 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
1910 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
1911
1912 /* Accumulate dimensions. */
1913 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent > 0);
1914 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
1915 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
1916 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
1917 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
1918}
1919
1920
1921/* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
1922 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
644 1923
645 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */ 1924int
646 len = cp - x_2byte_buffer; 1925x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
647 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values 1926 struct frame *f;
648 determined by the face code CF. */ 1927 enum face_id face_id;
1928{
1929 int height = 1;
1930
1931 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
1932 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
1933 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
649 { 1934 {
650 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f); 1935 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
651 XFontStruct *font = NULL; 1936 if (face)
652 GC gc; 1937 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font) + 2 * face->box_line_width;
653 int stippled = 0; 1938 }
654 int line_height = f->output_data.x->line_height; 1939
655 /* Pixel width of each glyph in this run. */ 1940 return height;
656 int glyph_width 1941}
657 = (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)
658 * (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->width : CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)));
659 /* Overall pixel width of this run. */
660 int run_width
661 = (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)
662 * (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->width : len * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)));
663 /* A flag to tell if we have already filled background. We
664 fill background in advance in the following cases:
665 1) A face has stipple.
666 2) A height of font is shorter than LINE_HEIGHT.
667 3) Drawing a composite character.
668 4) Font has non-zero _MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET property.
669 After filling background, we draw glyphs by XDrawString16. */
670 int background_filled;
671 /* Baseline position of a character, offset from TOP. */
672 int baseline;
673 /* The property value of `_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE' and
674 `_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT'. */
675 int relative_compose = 0, default_ascent = 0;
676 /* 1 if we find no font or a font of inappropriate size. */
677 int require_clipping;
678
679 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
680 if (hl == 3)
681 cf = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
682
683 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */
684 if (cf != 0)
685 {
686 /* It's possible for the display table to specify
687 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
688 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
689 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
690 cf = 0;
691
692 if (cf == 1)
693 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
694 else
695 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
696 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
697 stippled = 1;
698 }
699 1942
700 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */ 1943
701 else if (hl == 0) 1944/***********************************************************************
702 ; 1945 Glyph display
703 else if (hl == 1) 1946 ***********************************************************************/
704 {
705 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
706 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
707 stippled = 1;
708 }
709 1947
710#define FACE_DEFAULT (~0) 1948/* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
711 1949
712 /* Setting appropriate font and gc for this charset. */ 1950 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
713 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII) 1951 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
714 { 1952 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
715 int font_id; 1953 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
716 int fontset = FACE_FONTSET (face);
717 struct font_info *fontp;
718
719 if ((fontset < 0 && (fontset = FRAME_FONTSET (f)) < 0)
720 || !(fontp = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f),
721 charset, NULL, fontset)))
722 goto font_not_found;
723
724 font = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
725 gc = FACE_NON_ASCII_GC (face);
726 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, font->fid);
727 baseline
728 = (font->max_byte1 != 0
729 ? (line_height + font->ascent - font->descent) / 2
730 : f->output_data.x->font_baseline - fontp->baseline_offset);
731 if (FONT_HEIGHT (font) <= line_height
732 && (font->ascent > baseline
733 || font->descent > line_height - baseline))
734 /* Adjust baseline for this font to show the whole
735 glyphs in a line. */
736 baseline = line_height - font->descent;
737
738 if (cmpcharp && cmpcharp->cmp_rule == NULL)
739 {
740 relative_compose = fontp->relative_compose;
741 default_ascent = fontp->default_ascent;
742 }
743 1954
744 /* We have to change code points in the following cases. */ 1955struct glyph_string
745 if (fontp->font_encoder) 1956{
746 { 1957 /* X-origin of the string. */
747 /* This font requires CCL program to calculate code 1958 int x;
748 point of characters. */
749 struct ccl_program *ccl = fontp->font_encoder;
750 1959
751 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) 1960 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
752 for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++) 1961 int y, ybase;
753 {
754 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
755 ccl->reg[1] = cp->byte2;
756 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
757 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately
758 set/reset by CCL program. */
759 if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
760 cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
761 else
762 cp->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
763 }
764 else
765 for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
766 {
767 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
768 ccl->reg[1] = cp->byte1, ccl->reg[2] = cp->byte2;
769 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
770 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately
771 set/reset by CCL program. */
772 if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
773 cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
774 else
775 cp->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
776 }
777 }
778 else if (fontp->encoding[charset])
779 {
780 int enc = fontp->encoding[charset];
781
782 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
783 for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
784 cp->byte1 |= 0x80;
785 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
786 for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
787 cp->byte2 |= 0x80;
788 }
789 }
790 else
791 {
792 font_not_found:
793 if (charset == CHARSET_ASCII || charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
794 {
795 font = FACE_FONT (face);
796 if (!font || font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
797 font = f->output_data.x->font;
798 baseline = FONT_BASE (f->output_data.x->font);
799 if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
800 {
801 if (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80)
802 /* This font can't display Latin1 characters. */
803 font = NULL;
804 else
805 {
806 for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
807 cp->byte2 |= 0x80;
808 }
809 }
810 }
811 gc = FACE_GC (face);
812 }
813 1962
814 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */ 1963 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
815 if (hl == 2) 1964 int width;
816 {
817 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */
818 stippled = 0;
819 1965
820 if (font == f->output_data.x->font 1966 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
821 && face->background == f->output_data.x->background_pixel 1967 int background_width;
822 && face->foreground == f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel
823 && !cmpcharp)
824 {
825 gc = f->output_data.x->cursor_gc;
826 }
827 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
828 else
829 {
830 XGCValues xgcv;
831 unsigned long mask;
832
833 xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
834 xgcv.foreground = face->background;
835 /* If the glyph would be invisible,
836 try a different foreground. */
837 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
838 xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
839 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
840 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel;
841 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
842 xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
843 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
844 if (xgcv.background == face->background
845 && xgcv.foreground == face->foreground)
846 {
847 xgcv.background = face->foreground;
848 xgcv.foreground = face->background;
849 }
850 xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
851 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
852 if (font)
853 {
854 xgcv.font = font->fid;
855 mask |= GCFont;
856 }
857 1968
858 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc) 1969 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
859 XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 1970 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
860 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc, 1971 font the string is drawn in. */
861 mask, &xgcv); 1972 int height;
862 else
863 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
864 = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, mask, &xgcv);
865 gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
866#if 0
867/* If this code is restored, it must also reset to the default stipple
868 if necessary. */
869 if (face->stipple && face->stipple != FACE_DEFAULT)
870 XSetStipple (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, face->stipple);
871#endif
872 }
873 }
874 1973
875 if (font) 1974 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
876 require_clipping = (!NILP (Vclip_large_size_font) 1975 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
877 && (font->ascent > baseline 1976 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
878 || font->descent > line_height - baseline 1977 int left_overhang;
879 || (!cmpcharp
880 && FONT_WIDTH (font) > glyph_width)));
881 1978
882 if (font && (just_foreground || (cmpcharp && gidx > 0))) 1979 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
883 background_filled = 1; 1980 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
884 else if (stippled) 1981 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
885 { 1982 int right_overhang;
886 /* Turn stipple on. */
887 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
888 1983
889 /* Draw stipple or background color on background. */ 1984 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
890 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc, 1985 struct frame *f;
891 left, top, run_width, line_height);
892 1986
893 /* Turn stipple off. */ 1987 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
894 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid); 1988 struct window *w;
895 1989
896 background_filled = 1; 1990 /* X display and window for convenience. */
897 } 1991 Display *display;
898 else if (!font 1992 Window window;
899 || FONT_BASE (font) < baseline
900 || (FONT_HEIGHT (font) - FONT_BASE (font)
901 < line_height - baseline)
902 || FONT_WIDTH (font) < glyph_width
903 || cmpcharp)
904 {
905 /* Fill a area for the current run in background pixle of GC. */
906 XGCValues xgcv;
907 unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle;
908
909 /* The current code at first set foreground to background,
910 fill the area, then recover the original foreground.
911 Aren't there any smarter ways? */
912
913 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, mask, &xgcv);
914 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, xgcv.background);
915 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid);
916 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
917 left, top, run_width, line_height);
918 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, xgcv.foreground);
919
920 background_filled = 1;
921 if (cmpcharp)
922 /* To assure not to fill background while drawing
923 remaining components. */
924 just_foreground = 1;
925 }
926 else
927 background_filled = 0;
928 1993
929 if (font) 1994 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
930 { 1995 y-origin and height of the string. */
931 if (require_clipping) 1996 struct glyph_row *row;
932 {
933 Region region; /* Region used for setting clip mask to GC. */
934 XPoint x[4]; /* Data used for creating REGION. */
935
936 x[0].x = x[3].x = left, x[1].x = x[2].x = left + glyph_width;
937 x[0].y = x[1].y = top, x[2].y = x[3].y = top + line_height;
938 region = XPolygonRegion (x, 4, EvenOddRule);
939 XSetRegion (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, region);
940 XDestroyRegion (region);
941 }
942 1997
943 if (!cmpcharp) 1998 /* The area within row. */
944 { 1999 enum glyph_row_area area;
945 if (require_clipping || FONT_WIDTH (font) != glyph_width)
946 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
947 {
948 if (require_clipping && i > 0)
949 XSetClipOrigin (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
950 glyph_width * i, 0);
951 if (background_filled)
952 XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
953 left + glyph_width * i,
954 top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
955 else
956 XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
957 left + glyph_width * i,
958 top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
959 }
960 else
961 {
962 /* See if this whole buffer can be output as 8-bit chars.
963 If so, copy x_2byte_buffer to x_1byte_buffer
964 and do it as 8-bit chars. */
965 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
966 {
967 if (x_2byte_buffer[i].byte1 != 0)
968 break;
969 x_1byte_buffer[i] = x_2byte_buffer[i].byte2;
970 }
971 2000
972 if (i == len) 2001 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
973 { 2002 XChar2b *char2b;
974 if (background_filled) 2003 int nchars;
975 XDrawString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
976 left, top + baseline, x_1byte_buffer, len);
977 else
978 XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
979 left, top + baseline, x_1byte_buffer, len);
980 }
981 else
982 {
983 /* We can't output them as 8-bit chars,
984 so do it as 16-bit chars. */
985
986 if (background_filled)
987 XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
988 left, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, len);
989 else
990 XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
991 left, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, len);
992 }
993 }
994 }
995 else
996 {
997 /* Handle composite characters. */
998 XCharStruct *pcm; /* Pointer to per char metric info. */
999 2004
1000 if ((cmpcharp->cmp_rule || relative_compose) 2005 /* Character set of this glyph string. */
1001 && gidx == 0) 2006 int charset;
1002 {
1003 /* This is the first character. Initialize variables.
1004 HIGHEST is the highest position of glyphs ever
1005 written, LOWEST the lowest position. */
1006 int x_offset = 0;
1007
1008 if (default_ascent
1009 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
1010 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, first_ch)))
1011 {
1012 highest = default_ascent;
1013 lowest = 0;
1014 }
1015 else
1016 {
1017 pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer);
1018 highest = pcm->ascent + 1;
1019 lowest = - pcm->descent;
1020 }
1021 2007
1022 if (cmpcharp->cmp_rule) 2008 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
1023 x_offset = (cmpcharp->col_offset[0] 2009 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
1024 * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font));
1025 /* Draw the first character at the normal position. */
1026 XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
1027 left + x_offset, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, 1);
1028 i = 1;
1029 gidx++;
1030 }
1031 else
1032 i = 0;
1033 2010
1034 for (; i < len; i++, gidx++) 2011 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
1035 { 2012 struct face *face;
1036 int x_offset = 0, y_offset = 0;
1037 2013
1038 if (relative_compose) 2014 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
1039 { 2015 XFontStruct *font;
1040 pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer + i);
1041 if (NILP (Vignore_relative_composition)
1042 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
1043 make_number (cmpcharp->glyph[gidx]))))
1044 {
1045 if (- pcm->descent >= relative_compose)
1046 {
1047 /* Draw above the current glyphs. */
1048 y_offset = highest + pcm->descent;
1049 highest += pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
1050 }
1051 else if (pcm->ascent <= 0)
1052 {
1053 /* Draw beneath the current glyphs. */
1054 y_offset = lowest - pcm->ascent;
1055 lowest -= pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
1056 }
1057 }
1058 else
1059 {
1060 /* Draw the glyph at normal position. If
1061 it sticks out of HIGHEST or LOWEST,
1062 update them appropriately. */
1063 if (pcm->ascent > highest)
1064 highest = pcm->ascent;
1065 else if (- pcm->descent < lowest)
1066 lowest = - pcm->descent;
1067 }
1068 }
1069 else if (cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
1070 {
1071 int gref = (cmpcharp->cmp_rule[gidx] - 0xA0) / 9;
1072 int nref = (cmpcharp->cmp_rule[gidx] - 0xA0) % 9;
1073 int bottom, top;
1074
1075 /* Re-encode GREF and NREF so that they specify
1076 only Y-axis information:
1077 0:top, 1:base, 2:bottom, 3:center */
1078 gref = gref / 3 + (gref == 4) * 2;
1079 nref = nref / 3 + (nref == 4) * 2;
1080
1081 pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer + i);
1082 bottom = ((gref == 0 ? highest : gref == 1 ? 0
1083 : gref == 2 ? lowest
1084 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
1085 - (nref == 0 ? pcm->ascent + pcm->descent
1086 : nref == 1 ? pcm->descent : nref == 2 ? 0
1087 : (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent) / 2));
1088 top = bottom + (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent);
1089 if (top > highest)
1090 highest = top;
1091 if (bottom < lowest)
1092 lowest = bottom;
1093 y_offset = bottom + pcm->descent;
1094 x_offset = (cmpcharp->col_offset[gidx]
1095 * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font));
1096 }
1097 XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
1098 left + x_offset, top + baseline - y_offset,
1099 x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
1100 }
1101 }
1102 if (require_clipping)
1103 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);
1104 2016
1105#if 0 /* Doesn't work, because it uses FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS, 2017 /* Font info for this string. */
1106 which often is not up to date yet. */ 2018 struct font_info *font_info;
1107 if (!just_foreground)
1108 {
1109 if (left == orig_left)
1110 redraw_previous_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left),
1111 PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1);
1112 if (n == 0)
1113 redraw_following_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left + len * FONT_WIDTH (font)),
1114 PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1);
1115 }
1116#endif
1117 }
1118 if (!font)
1119 {
1120 /* Show rectangles to indicate that we found no font. */
1121 int limit = cmpcharp ? 1 : len;
1122 2019
1123 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) 2020 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composite
1124 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 2021 character. All characters from char2b are drawn at the same
1125 left + glyph_width * i, top, 2022 x-origin in that case. */
1126 glyph_width - 1, line_height - 1); 2023 struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
1127 }
1128 else if (require_clipping && !NILP (Vhighlight_wrong_size_font))
1129 {
1130 /* Show ??? to indicate that we found a font of
1131 inappropriate size. */
1132 int limit = cmpcharp ? 1 : len;
1133 2024
1134 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) 2025 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
1135 { 2026 definition of cmpcharp. If this is zero, this glyph string
1136 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 2027 describes the first character of a composite character. */
1137 left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 1, 2028 int gidx;
1138 left + glyph_width * i + 1, top + line_height - 1); 2029
1139 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 2030 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
1140 left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 3, 2031 of the window's drawing area. */
1141 left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 1); 2032 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
1142 } 2033
1143 } 2034 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2035 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2036
2037 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2038 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2039
2040 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2041 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2042 the frame's default font in this case. */
2043 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2044
2045 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2046 stipple pattern. */
2047 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2048
2049 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2050 GC gc;
2051
2052 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2053 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2054 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2055 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2056
2057 /* Image, if any. */
2058 struct image *img;
2059
2060 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2061};
1144 2062
1145 /* We should probably check for XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION and 2063
1146 XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS properties on the font, but let's 2064#if GLYPH_DEBUG
1147 just get the thing working, and come back to that. */ 2065
2066static void
2067x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2068 struct glyph_string *s;
2069{
2070 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2071 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2072 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2073 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2074 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2075 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2076 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2077 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2078 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2079 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2080 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2081 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2082}
2083
2084#endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2085
2086
2087
2088static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2089 struct glyph_string **,
2090 struct glyph_string *,
2091 struct glyph_string *));
2092static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2093 struct glyph_string **,
2094 struct glyph_string *,
2095 struct glyph_string *));
2096static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2097 struct glyph_string **,
2098 struct glyph_string *));
2099static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2100static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2101static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2102static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2103static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int));
2104static void x_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2105 XChar2b *, struct window *,
2106 struct glyph_row *,
2107 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2108 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2109static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2110 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2111 enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *));
2112static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2113static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2114static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2115 int));
2116static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2117static void x_draw_glyph_string_underline P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2118static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2119static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2120static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2121static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2122static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2123static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2124static void x_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph *, struct frame *,
2125 int *, int *));
2126static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2127static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap,
2128 unsigned long *, float, int));
2129static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2130 float, int, unsigned long));
2131static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2132static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2133static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2134static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2135static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap));
2136static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2137static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2138 int, int, int));
2139static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2140 int, int, int, int, XRectangle *));
2141static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2142 int, int, int, XRectangle *));
2143
2144
2145
2146/* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2147 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2148
2149static INLINE void
2150x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2151 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2152 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2153{
2154 if (h)
2155 {
2156 if (*head)
2157 (*tail)->next = h;
2158 else
2159 *head = h;
2160 h->prev = *tail;
2161 *tail = t;
2162 }
2163}
2164
2165
2166/* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2167 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2168 result. */
2169
2170static INLINE void
2171x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2172 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2173 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2174{
2175 if (h)
2176 {
2177 if (*head)
2178 (*head)->prev = t;
2179 else
2180 *tail = t;
2181 t->next = *head;
2182 *head = h;
2183 }
2184}
2185
2186
2187/* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2188 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2189
2190static INLINE void
2191x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2192 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2193 struct glyph_string *s;
2194{
2195 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2196 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2197}
2198
2199
2200/* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2201 face. */
2202
2203static void
2204x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2205 struct glyph_string *s;
2206{
2207 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2208 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2209 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2210 && !s->cmpcharp)
2211 s->gc = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_gc;
2212 else
2213 {
2214 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2215 XGCValues xgcv;
2216 unsigned long mask;
2217
2218 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
2219 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2220
2221 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2222 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2223 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2224 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2225 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2226 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2227 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2228
2229 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2230 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2231 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
1148 { 2232 {
1149 /* Setting underline position based on the metric of the 2233 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
1150 current font results in shaky underline if it strides 2234 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
1151 over different fonts. So, we set the position based only
1152 on the default font of this frame. */
1153 int underline_position = f->output_data.x->font_baseline + 1;
1154
1155 if (underline_position >= line_height)
1156 underline_position = line_height - 1;
1157
1158 if (face->underline)
1159 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
1160 FACE_GC (face),
1161 left, top + underline_position, run_width, 1);
1162 } 2235 }
1163 2236
1164 if (!cmpcharp) 2237 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
1165 left += run_width; 2238 xgcv.font = s->font->fid;
1166 } 2239 xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
2240 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
2241
2242 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2243 XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2244 mask, &xgcv);
2245 else
2246 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2247 = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2248
2249 s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
1167 } 2250 }
2251}
2252
1168 2253
1169 return (left - orig_left); 2254/* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2255
2256static void
2257x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2258 struct glyph_string *s;
2259{
2260 int face_id;
2261
2262 /* What face has to be used for the mouse face? */
2263 face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2264 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (s->f, face_id, s->charset);
2265 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2266 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2267
2268 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2269 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2270 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2271 else
2272 {
2273 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2274 but font FONT. */
2275 XGCValues xgcv;
2276 unsigned long mask;
2277
2278 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
2279 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2280 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2281 xgcv.font = s->font->fid;
2282 xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
2283 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
2284
2285 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2286 XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2287 mask, &xgcv);
2288 else
2289 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2290 = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2291
2292 s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2293 }
2294
2295 xassert (s->gc != 0);
1170} 2296}
1171#endif /* 1 */
1172 2297
1173#if 0
1174/* This is the old single-face code. */
1175 2298
2299/* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2300 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2301 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2302
2303static INLINE void
2304x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
2305 struct glyph_string *s;
2306{
2307 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2308 xassert (s->gc != 0);
2309}
2310
2311
2312/* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2313 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2314 pattern. */
2315
2316static INLINE void
2317x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
2318 struct glyph_string *s;
2319{
2320 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
2321 {
2322 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2323 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2324 }
2325 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
2326 {
2327 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
2328 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2329 }
2330 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2331 {
2332 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
2333 s->stippled_p = 0;
2334 }
2335 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
2336 {
2337 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
2338 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2339 }
2340 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2341 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
2342 {
2343 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2344 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2345 }
2346 else
2347 {
2348 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2349 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2350 }
2351
2352 /* GC must have been set. */
2353 xassert (s->gc != 0);
2354}
2355
2356
2357/* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2358
2359static void
2360x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
2361 struct glyph_string *s;
2362 XRectangle *r;
2363{
2364 if (s->row->full_width_p)
2365 {
2366 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2367 r->x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
2368 r->width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
2369
2370 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
2371 {
2372 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
2373 r->width += width;
2374 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
2375 r->x -= width;
2376 }
2377
2378 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
2379 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
2380 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
2381 r->height = s->row->visible_height;
2382 else
2383 r->height = s->height;
2384 }
2385 else
2386 {
2387 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
2388 r->x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
2389 r->width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
2390 r->height = s->row->visible_height;
2391 }
2392
2393 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
2394 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
2395 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
2396 if (!s->row->full_width_p
2397 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
2398 r->y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
2399 else
2400 r->y = max (0, s->row->y);
2401 r->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->y);
2402
2403 /* If drawing a toolbar window, draw it over the internal border
2404 at the top of the window. */
2405 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->toolbar_window))
2406 r->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width;
2407}
2408
2409
2410/* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
2411 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
2412
2413static INLINE void
2414x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
2415 struct glyph_string *s;
2416{
2417 XRectangle r;
2418 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
2419 XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted);
2420}
2421
2422
2423/* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
2424 string for a composite character, assume overhangs don't exist. */
2425
2426static INLINE void
2427x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
2428 struct glyph_string *s;
2429{
2430 if (s->cmpcharp == NULL
2431 && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
2432 {
2433 XCharStruct cs;
2434 int direction, font_ascent, font_descent;
2435 XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction,
2436 &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs);
2437 s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0;
2438 s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0;
2439 }
2440}
2441
2442
2443/* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
2444 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
2445 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
2446
1176static void 2447static void
1177dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, font) 2448x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
2449 struct glyph_string *s;
2450 int x;
2451 int backward_p;
2452{
2453 if (backward_p)
2454 {
2455 while (s)
2456 {
2457 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
2458 x -= s->width;
2459 s->x = x;
2460 s = s->prev;
2461 }
2462 }
2463 else
2464 {
2465 while (s)
2466 {
2467 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
2468 s->x = x;
2469 x += s->width;
2470 s = s->next;
2471 }
2472 }
2473}
2474
2475
2476/* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
2477 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH or of
2478 character glyphs for composite characters are assumed to be zero. */
2479
2480static void
2481x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
2482 struct glyph *glyph;
1178 struct frame *f; 2483 struct frame *f;
1179 int left, top; 2484 int *left, *right;
1180 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
1181 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
1182 int hl;
1183 XFontStruct *font;
1184{ 2485{
1185 register int len; 2486 int c;
1186 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); 2487
1187 GC drawing_gc = (hl == 2 ? f->output_data.x->cursor_gc 2488 *left = *right = 0;
1188 : (hl ? f->output_data.x->reverse_gc 2489
1189 : f->output_data.x->normal_gc)); 2490 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
1190 2491 && (c = glyph->u.ch.code,
1191 if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (XChar2b)) 2492 CHAR_CHARSET (c) != CHARSET_COMPOSITION))
1192 XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc, 2493 {
1193 left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (XChar2b *) gp, n); 2494 XFontStruct *font;
1194 else if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (unsigned char)) 2495 struct face *face;
1195 XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc, 2496 struct font_info *font_info;
1196 left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (char *) gp, n); 2497 XChar2b char2b;
2498
2499 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b);
2500 font = face->font;
2501 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
2502 if (font)
2503 {
2504 XCharStruct *pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b);
2505
2506 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
2507 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
2508 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
2509 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
2510 }
2511 }
2512}
2513
2514
2515/* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2516 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
2517 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
2518
2519static int
2520x_left_overwritten (s)
2521 struct glyph_string *s;
2522{
2523 int k;
2524
2525 if (s->left_overhang)
2526 {
2527 int x = 0, i;
2528 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
2529 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
2530
2531 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
2532 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
2533
2534 k = i + 1;
2535 }
1197 else 2536 else
1198 /* What size of glyph ARE you using? And does X have a function to 2537 k = -1;
1199 draw them? */ 2538
1200 abort (); 2539 return k;
2540}
2541
2542
2543/* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2544 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
2545 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
2546
2547static int
2548x_left_overwriting (s)
2549 struct glyph_string *s;
2550{
2551 int i, k, x;
2552 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
2553 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
2554
2555 k = -1;
2556 x = 0;
2557 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2558 {
2559 int left, right;
2560 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
2561 if (x + right > 0)
2562 k = i;
2563 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
2564 }
2565
2566 return k;
2567}
2568
2569
2570/* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
2571 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
2572 no such glyph is found. */
2573
2574static int
2575x_right_overwritten (s)
2576 struct glyph_string *s;
2577{
2578 int k = -1;
2579
2580 if (s->right_overhang)
2581 {
2582 int x = 0, i;
2583 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
2584 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmpcharp ? 1 : s->nchars);
2585 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
2586
2587 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
2588 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
2589
2590 k = i;
2591 }
2592
2593 return k;
1201} 2594}
1202#endif
1203
1204/* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
1205 Advance the cursor over the text.
1206 Output LEN glyphs at START.
1207 2595
1208 `highlight', set up by XTreassert_line_highlight or XTchange_line_highlight, 2596
1209 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */ 2597/* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
2598 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
2599 if no such glyph is found. */
2600
2601static int
2602x_right_overwriting (s)
2603 struct glyph_string *s;
2604{
2605 int i, k, x;
2606 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
2607 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
2608 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmpcharp ? 1 : s->nchars);
2609
2610 k = -1;
2611 x = 0;
2612 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
2613 {
2614 int left, right;
2615 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
2616 if (x - left < 0)
2617 k = i;
2618 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
2619 }
2620
2621 return k;
2622}
2623
2624
2625/* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
2626
2627static INLINE void
2628x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
2629 struct glyph_string *s;
2630 int x, y, w, h;
2631{
2632 XGCValues xgcv;
2633 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
2634 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
2635 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
2636 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2637}
2638
2639
2640/* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
2641 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
2642 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
2643 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S. */
1210 2644
1211static void 2645static void
1212XTwrite_glyphs (start, len) 2646x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
1213 register GLYPH *start; 2647 struct glyph_string *s;
1214 int len; 2648 int force_p;
1215{ 2649{
1216 register int temp_length; 2650 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1217 int mask; 2651 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1218 struct frame *f; 2652 if (!s->background_filled_p)
2653 {
2654 if (s->cmpcharp
2655 && s->gidx > 0
2656 && !s->font_not_found_p
2657 && !s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
2658 {
2659 /* Don't draw background for glyphs of a composite
2660 characters, except for the first one. */
2661 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2662 }
2663 else if (s->stippled_p)
2664 {
2665 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2666 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2667 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
2668 s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
2669 s->background_width,
2670 s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
2671 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
2672 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2673 }
2674 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width
2675 || s->font_not_found_p
2676 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2677 || s->cmpcharp
2678 || force_p)
2679 {
2680 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
2681 s->background_width,
2682 s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
2683 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2684 }
2685 }
2686}
1219 2687
1220 BLOCK_INPUT;
1221 2688
1222 do_line_dance (); 2689/* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1223 f = updating_frame; 2690
1224 if (f == 0) 2691static void
2692x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
2693 struct glyph_string *s;
2694{
2695 int i, x;
2696
2697 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
2698 of S to the right of that box line. */
2699 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2700 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
2701 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
2702 else
2703 x = s->x;
2704
2705 if (s->cmpcharp == NULL)
1225 { 2706 {
1226 f = selected_frame; 2707 /* Not a composite character. Draw characters of S as
1227 /* If not within an update, 2708 rectangles if S's font could not be loaded. */
1228 output at the frame's visible cursor. */ 2709 if (s->font_not_found_p)
1229 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); 2710 {
1230 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); 2711 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
2712 {
2713 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
2714 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window,
2715 s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
2716 s->height - 1);
2717 x += g->pixel_width;
2718 }
2719 }
2720 else
2721 {
2722 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
2723
2724 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
2725 if (!s->two_byte_p)
2726 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
2727 char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2;
2728
2729 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
2730 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
2731 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.)
2732 Always use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so
2733 that there is no chance that characters under a box
2734 cursor are invisible. */
2735 if (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)
2736 {
2737 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
2738 if (s->two_byte_p)
2739 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase,
2740 s->char2b, s->nchars);
2741 else
2742 XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase,
2743 char1b, s->nchars);
2744 }
2745 else
2746 {
2747 if (s->two_byte_p)
2748 XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2749 x, s->ybase, s->char2b, s->nchars);
2750 else
2751 XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2752 x, s->ybase, char1b, s->nchars);
2753 }
2754 }
1231 } 2755 }
2756 else
2757 {
2758 /* S is a glyph string for a composite character. S->gidx is the
2759 index of the first character drawn in the vector
2760 S->cmpcharp->glyph. S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the
2761 very first component character of a composite char. */
2762
2763 /* Draw a single rectangle for the composite character if S's
2764 font could not be loaded. */
2765 if (s->font_not_found_p && s->gidx == 0)
2766 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y,
2767 s->width - 1, s->height - 1);
2768 else
2769 {
2770 XCharStruct *pcm;
2771 int relative_compose, default_ascent, i;
2772 int highest = 0, lowest = 0;
2773
2774 /* The value of font_info my be null if we couldn't find it
2775 in x_get_char_face_and_encoding. */
2776 if (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule == NULL && s->font_info)
2777 {
2778 relative_compose = s->font_info->relative_compose;
2779 default_ascent = s->font_info->default_ascent;
2780 }
2781 else
2782 relative_compose = default_ascent = 0;
1232 2783
1233 dumpglyphs (f, 2784 if ((s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule || relative_compose)
1234 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), 2785 && s->gidx == 0)
1235 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), 2786 {
1236 start, len, highlight, 0, NULL); 2787 /* This is the first character. Initialize variables.
2788 Highest is the highest position of glyphs ever
2789 written, lowest the lowest position. */
2790 int x_offset = 0;
2791 int first_ch = s->first_glyph->u.ch.code;
2792
2793 if (default_ascent
2794 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2795 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, first_ch)))
2796 {
2797 highest = default_ascent;
2798 lowest = 0;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (s->font, s->char2b);
2803 highest = pcm->ascent + 1;
2804 lowest = - pcm->descent;
2805 }
1237 2806
1238 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */ 2807 if (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
1239 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y 2808 x_offset = (s->cmpcharp->col_offset[0]
1240 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x 2809 * FONT_WIDTH (s->f->output_data.x->font));
1241 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x) 2810
1242 f->phys_cursor_on = 0; 2811 /* Draw the first character at the normal position. */
2812 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2813 x + x_offset,
2814 s->ybase, s->char2b, 1);
2815 i = 1;
2816 ++s->gidx;
2817 }
2818 else
2819 i = 0;
1243 2820
1244 curs_x += len; 2821 for (; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
1245 if (curs_x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) 2822 {
1246 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; 2823 int x_offset = 0, y_offset = 0;
1247 2824
1248 if (updating_frame == 0) 2825 if (relative_compose)
1249 x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f)); 2826 {
2827 pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (s->font, s->char2b + i);
2828 if (NILP (Vignore_relative_composition)
2829 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2830 make_number (s->cmpcharp->glyph[s->gidx]))))
2831 {
2832 if (- pcm->descent >= relative_compose)
2833 {
2834 /* Draw above the current glyphs. */
2835 y_offset = highest + pcm->descent;
2836 highest += pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
2837 }
2838 else if (pcm->ascent <= 0)
2839 {
2840 /* Draw beneath the current glyphs. */
2841 y_offset = lowest - pcm->ascent;
2842 lowest -= pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
2843 }
2844 }
2845 else
2846 {
2847 /* Draw the glyph at normal position. If
2848 it sticks out of HIGHEST or LOWEST,
2849 update them appropriately. */
2850 if (pcm->ascent > highest)
2851 highest = pcm->ascent;
2852 else if (- pcm->descent < lowest)
2853 lowest = - pcm->descent;
2854 }
2855 }
2856 else if (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
2857 {
2858 int gref = (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule[s->gidx] - 0xA0) / 9;
2859 int nref = (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule[s->gidx] - 0xA0) % 9;
2860 int bottom, top;
2861
2862 /* Re-encode GREF and NREF so that they specify
2863 only Y-axis information:
2864 0:top, 1:base, 2:bottom, 3:center */
2865 gref = gref / 3 + (gref == 4) * 2;
2866 nref = nref / 3 + (nref == 4) * 2;
2867
2868 pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (s->font, s->char2b + i);
2869 bottom = ((gref == 0 ? highest : gref == 1 ? 0
2870 : gref == 2 ? lowest
2871 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2872 - (nref == 0 ? pcm->ascent + pcm->descent
2873 : nref == 1 ? pcm->descent : nref == 2 ? 0
2874 : (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent) / 2));
2875 top = bottom + (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent);
2876 if (top > highest)
2877 highest = top;
2878 if (bottom < lowest)
2879 lowest = bottom;
2880 y_offset = bottom + pcm->descent;
2881 x_offset = (s->cmpcharp->col_offset[s->gidx]
2882 * FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (s->f)));
2883 }
2884
2885 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
2886 x + x_offset, s->ybase - y_offset,
2887 s->char2b + i, 1);
2888 }
2889 }
2890 }
2891}
2892
2893
2894/* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap
2895 CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color
2896 available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the
2897 color allocated. */
2898
2899int
2900x_alloc_nearest_color (display, screen, cmap, color)
2901 Display *display;
2902 Screen *screen;
2903 Colormap cmap;
2904 XColor *color;
2905{
2906 int rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
2907 if (rc == 0)
2908 {
2909 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2910 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2911 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2912 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2913 int nearest, i;
2914 unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0;
2915 int ncells = XDisplayCells (display, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen));
2916 XColor *cells = (XColor *) alloca (ncells * sizeof *cells);
2917
2918 for (i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
2919 cells[i].pixel = i;
2920 XQueryColors (display, cmap, cells, ncells);
2921
2922 for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
2923 {
2924 long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8);
2925 long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8);
2926 long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8);
2927 unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue;
2928
2929 if (delta < nearest_delta)
2930 {
2931 nearest = i;
2932 nearest_delta = delta;
2933 }
2934 }
1250 2935
2936 color->red = cells[nearest].red;
2937 color->green = cells[nearest].green;
2938 color->blue = cells[nearest].blue;
2939 rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
2940 }
1251 2941
1252 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 2942 return rc;
2943}
2944
2945
2946/* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2947 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2948 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2949 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2950 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2951 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2952
2953static int
2954x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta)
2955 struct frame *f;
2956 Display *display;
2957 Colormap cmap;
2958 unsigned long *pixel;
2959 float factor;
2960 int delta;
2961{
2962 XColor color, new;
2963 int success_p;
2964
2965 /* Get RGB color values. */
2966 color.pixel = *pixel;
2967 XQueryColor (display, cmap, &color);
2968
2969 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2970 xassert (factor >= 0);
2971 new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red);
2972 new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green);
2973 new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue);
2974
2975 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2976 success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (display, FRAME_X_SCREEN (f), cmap, &new);
2977 if (success_p)
2978 {
2979 if (new.pixel == *pixel)
2980 {
2981 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2982 delta to the RGB values. */
2983 int class = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->visual->class;
2984
2985 /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is
2986 not necessary and some servers don't allow it. So don't
2987 do it. */
2988 if (class != StaticColor
2989 && class != StaticGray
2990 && class != TrueColor)
2991 XFreeColors (display, cmap, &new.pixel, 1, 0);
2992
2993 new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red);
2994 new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green);
2995 new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue);
2996 success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (display, FRAME_X_SCREEN (f),
2997 cmap, &new);
2998 }
2999 else
3000 success_p = 1;
3001 *pixel = new.pixel;
3002 }
3003
3004 return success_p;
1253} 3005}
1254
1255/* Clear to the end of the line.
1256 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
1257 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
1258 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
1259 3006
3007
3008/* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3009 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3010 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3011 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3012 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3013 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3014
1260static void 3015static void
1261XTclear_end_of_line (first_unused) 3016x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
1262 register int first_unused; 3017 struct frame *f;
3018 struct relief *relief;
3019 float factor;
3020 int delta;
3021 unsigned long default_pixel;
1263{ 3022{
1264 struct frame *f = updating_frame; 3023 XGCValues xgcv;
1265 int mask; 3024 struct x_output *di = f->output_data.x;
3025 unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCGraphicsExposures;
3026 unsigned long pixel;
3027 unsigned long background = di->relief_background;
3028 Colormap cmap = DefaultColormapOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f));
3029
3030 xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
3031 xgcv.line_width = 1;
3032
3033 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
3034 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
3035 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
3036 if (relief->gc
3037 && relief->allocated_p)
3038 {
3039 /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is not
3040 necessary and some servers don't allow it. So don't do it. */
3041 int class = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->visual->class;
3042 if (class != StaticColor
3043 && class != StaticGray
3044 && class != TrueColor)
3045 XFreeColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, &relief->pixel, 1, 0);
3046 relief->allocated_p = 0;
3047 }
1266 3048
1267 if (f == 0) 3049 /* Allocate new color. */
1268 abort (); 3050 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3051 pixel = background;
3052 if (x_alloc_lighter_color (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, &pixel,
3053 factor, delta))
3054 {
3055 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3056 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3057 }
3058
3059 if (relief->gc == 0)
3060 {
3061 xgcv.stipple = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->gray;
3062 mask |= GCStipple;
3063 relief->gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
3064 mask, &xgcv);
3065 }
3066 else
3067 XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3068}
1269 3069
1270 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
1271 return;
1272 if (first_unused <= 0)
1273 return;
1274 3070
1275 if (first_unused >= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) 3071/* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1276 first_unused = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
1277 3072
1278 first_unused += FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); 3073static void
3074x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3075 struct glyph_string *s;
3076{
3077 struct x_output *di = s->f->output_data.x;
3078 unsigned long color;
1279 3079
1280 BLOCK_INPUT; 3080 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3081 color = s->face->box_color;
3082 else
3083 {
3084 XGCValues xgcv;
3085
3086 /* Get the background color of the face. */
3087 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv);
3088 color = xgcv.background;
3089 }
1281 3090
1282 do_line_dance (); 3091 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3092 || color != di->relief_background)
3093 {
3094 di->relief_background = color;
3095 x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3096 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3097 x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3098 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3099 }
3100}
1283 3101
1284 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
1285 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
1286 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
1287 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
1288 f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
1289
1290 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
1291 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
1292 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
1293 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
1294 f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
1295#if 0
1296 redraw_previous_char (f, curs_x, curs_y, highlight);
1297#endif
1298 3102
1299 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 3103/* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3104 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3105 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3106 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3107 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3108 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3109 when drawing. */
3110
3111static void
3112x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3113 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3114 struct frame *f;
3115 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3116 XRectangle *clip_rect;
3117{
3118 int i;
3119 GC gc;
3120
3121 if (raised_p)
3122 gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc;
3123 else
3124 gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc;
3125 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
3126
3127 /* Top. */
3128 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3129 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
3130 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3131 right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i);
3132
3133 /* Left. */
3134 if (left_p)
3135 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3136 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
3137 left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i);
3138
3139 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);
3140 if (raised_p)
3141 gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc;
3142 else
3143 gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc;
3144 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
3145
3146 /* Bottom. */
3147 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3148 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
3149 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3150 right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i);
3151
3152 /* Right. */
3153 if (right_p)
3154 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3155 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
3156 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i);
3157
3158 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);
1300} 3159}
1301 3160
3161
3162/* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3163 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3164 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3165 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3166 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3167 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3168
1302static void 3169static void
1303XTclear_frame () 3170x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3171 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3172 struct glyph_string *s;
3173 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p;
3174 XRectangle *clip_rect;
1304{ 3175{
1305 int mask; 3176 XGCValues xgcv;
1306 struct frame *f = updating_frame; 3177
3178 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
3179 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color);
3180 XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
3181
3182 /* Top. */
3183 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
3184 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x, width);
3185
3186 /* Left. */
3187 if (left_p)
3188 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
3189 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y);
3190
3191 /* Bottom. */
3192 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
3193 left_x, bottom_y - width, right_x - left_x, width);
3194
3195 /* Right. */
3196 if (right_p)
3197 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
3198 right_x - width, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y);
1307 3199
1308 if (f == 0) 3200 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
1309 f = selected_frame; 3201 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
3202}
1310 3203
1311 f->phys_cursor_on = 0; /* Cursor not visible. */
1312 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
1313 curs_y = 0;
1314 3204
1315 BLOCK_INPUT; 3205/* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
1316 3206
1317 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); 3207static void
3208x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3209 struct glyph_string *s;
3210{
3211 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3212 int left_p, right_p;
3213 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3214 XRectangle clip_rect;
3215
3216 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3217 if (s->row->full_width_p
3218 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3219 {
3220 last_x += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f);
3221 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3222 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3223 }
3224
3225 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3226 last_glyph = (s->cmpcharp || s->img
3227 ? s->first_glyph
3228 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3229
3230 width = s->face->box_line_width;
3231 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3232 left_x = s->x;
3233 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p
3234 ? last_x
3235 : min (last_x, s->x + s->width) - 1));
3236 top_y = s->y;
3237 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3238
3239 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3240 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3241 && (s->prev == NULL
3242 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3243 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3244 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3245 && (s->next == NULL
3246 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3247
3248 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
1318 3249
1319 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed 3250 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
1320 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ 3251 x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
1321 x_scroll_bar_clear (f); 3252 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3253 else
3254 {
3255 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3256 x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3257 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3258 }
3259}
1322 3260
1323 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); 3261
1324 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 3262/* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3263
3264static void
3265x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3266 struct glyph_string *s;
3267{
3268 int x;
3269 int y = s->ybase - IMAGE_ASCENT (s->img);
3270
3271 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3272 right of that line. */
3273 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3274 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3275 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3276 else
3277 x = s->x;
3278
3279 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3280 by that margin. */
3281 if (s->img->margin)
3282 {
3283 x += s->img->margin;
3284 y += s->img->margin;
3285 }
3286
3287 if (s->img->pixmap)
3288 {
3289 if (s->img->mask)
3290 {
3291 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3292 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3293 trust on the shape extension to be available
3294 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3295 manually. */
3296 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3297 | GCFunction);
3298 XGCValues xgcv;
3299 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
3300
3301 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3302 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3303 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3304 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3305 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3306
3307 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3308 image_rect.x = x;
3309 image_rect.y = y;
3310 image_rect.width = s->img->width;
3311 image_rect.height = s->img->height;
3312 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r))
3313 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3314 r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
3315 }
3316 else
3317 {
3318 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3319 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
3320
3321 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3322 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3323 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3324 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3325 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3326 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3327 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3328 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y,
3329 s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
3330 }
3331 }
3332 else
3333 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3334 XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y,
3335 s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
1325} 3336}
1326
1327#if 0
1328/* This currently does not work because FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS doesn't
1329 always contain the right glyphs to use.
1330 3337
1331 It also needs to be changed to look at the details of the font and
1332 see whether there is really overlap, and do nothing when there is
1333 not. This can use font_char_overlap_left and font_char_overlap_right,
1334 but just how to use them is not clear. */
1335 3338
1336/* Erase the character (if any) at the position just before X, Y in frame F, 3339/* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
1337 then redraw it and the character before it.
1338 This is necessary when we erase starting at X,
1339 in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X.
1340 Call this function with input blocked. */
1341 3340
1342static void 3341static void
1343redraw_previous_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) 3342x_draw_image_relief (s)
1344 FRAME_PTR f; 3343 struct glyph_string *s;
1345 int x, y;
1346 int highlight_flag;
1347{ 3344{
1348 /* Erase the character before the new ones, in case 3345 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
1349 what was here before overlaps it. 3346 XRectangle r;
1350 Reoutput that character, and the previous character 3347 int x;
1351 (in case the previous character overlaps it). */ 3348 int y = s->ybase - IMAGE_ASCENT (s->img);
1352 if (x > 0) 3349
3350 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3351 right of that line. */
3352 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3353 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3354 x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
3355 else
3356 x = s->x;
3357
3358 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3359 by that margin. */
3360 if (s->img->margin)
1353 { 3361 {
1354 int start_x = x - 2; 3362 x += s->img->margin;
1355 if (start_x < 0) 3363 y += s->img->margin;
1356 start_x = 0; 3364 }
1357 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 3365
1358 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x - 1), 3366 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
1359 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), 3367 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
1360 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), 3368 {
1361 f->output_data.x->line_height, False); 3369 thick = toolbar_button_relief > 0 ? toolbar_button_relief : 3;
3370 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
3371 }
3372 else
3373 {
3374 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
3375 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
3376 }
3377
3378 x0 = x - thick;
3379 y0 = y - thick;
3380 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
3381 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
3382
3383 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3384 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3385 x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
3386}
3387
3388
3389/* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3390
3391static void
3392x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
3393 struct glyph_string *s;
3394 Pixmap pixmap;
3395{
3396 int x;
3397 int y = s->ybase - s->y - IMAGE_ASCENT (s->img);
3398
3399 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3400 right of that line. */
3401 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3402 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3403 x = s->face->box_line_width;
3404 else
3405 x = 0;
1362 3406
1363 dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, start_x), 3407 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
1364 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), 3408 by that margin. */
1365 &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][start_x], 3409 if (s->img->margin)
1366 x - start_x, highlight_flag, 1, NULL); 3410 {
3411 x += s->img->margin;
3412 y += s->img->margin;
1367 } 3413 }
3414
3415 if (s->img->pixmap)
3416 {
3417 if (s->img->mask)
3418 {
3419 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3420 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3421 trust on the shape extension to be available
3422 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3423 manually. */
3424 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
3425 | GCFunction);
3426 XGCValues xgcv;
3427
3428 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
3429 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
3430 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
3431 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
3432 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3433
3434 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
3435 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
3436 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
3437 }
3438 else
3439 {
3440 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
3441 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
3442
3443 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3444 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3445 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3446 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3447 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3448 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3449 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3450 XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y,
3451 s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
3452 }
3453 }
3454 else
3455 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3456 XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y,
3457 s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
1368} 3458}
1369 3459
1370/* Erase the character (if any) at the position X, Y in frame F, 3460
1371 then redraw it and the character after it. 3461/* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
1372 This is necessary when we erase endng at X, 3462 give the rectangle to draw. */
1373 in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X.
1374 Call this function with input blocked. */
1375 3463
1376static void 3464static void
1377redraw_following_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) 3465x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
1378 FRAME_PTR f; 3466 struct glyph_string *s;
1379 int x, y; 3467 int x, y, w, h;
1380 int highlight_flag; 3468{
1381{ 3469 if (s->stippled_p)
1382 int limit = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[y]; 3470 {
1383 /* Erase the character after the new ones, in case 3471 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1384 what was here before overlaps it. 3472 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
1385 Reoutput that character, and the following character 3473 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
1386 (in case the following character overlaps it). */ 3474 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
1387 if (x < limit 3475 }
1388 && FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x] != SPACEGLYPH) 3476 else
1389 { 3477 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
1390 int end_x = x + 2; 3478}
1391 if (end_x > limit) 3479
1392 end_x = limit; 3480
1393 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 3481/* Draw image glyph string S.
1394 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
1395 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
1396 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
1397 f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
1398 3482
1399 dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), 3483 s->y
1400 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), 3484 s->x +-------------------------
1401 &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x], 3485 | s->face->box
1402 end_x - x, highlight_flag, 1, NULL); 3486 |
3487 | +-------------------------
3488 | | s->img->margin
3489 | |
3490 | | +-------------------
3491 | | | the image
3492
3493 */
3494
3495static void
3496x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
3497 struct glyph_string *s;
3498{
3499 int x, y;
3500 int box_line_width = s->face->box_line_width;
3501 int margin = s->img->margin;
3502 int height;
3503 Pixmap pixmap = None;
3504
3505 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_width;
3506
3507 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3508 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3509 flickering. */
3510 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3511 if (height > s->img->height
3512 || margin
3513 || s->img->mask
3514 || s->img->pixmap == 0
3515 || s->width != s->background_width)
3516 {
3517 if (box_line_width && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3518 x = s->x + box_line_width;
3519 else
3520 x = s->x;
3521
3522 y = s->y + box_line_width;
3523
3524 if (s->img->mask)
3525 {
3526 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string Fill it with
3527 the background color. Copy the image to it, using its
3528 mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3529 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
3530 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
3531
3532 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3533 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
3534 s->background_width,
3535 s->height, depth);
3536
3537 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3538 pixmap. */
3539 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
3540
3541 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3542 if (s->stippled_p)
3543 {
3544 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3545 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3546 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
3547 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
3548 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3549 }
3550 else
3551 {
3552 XGCValues xgcv;
3553 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
3554 &xgcv);
3555 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
3556 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
3557 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
3558 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
3559 }
3560 }
3561 else
3562 /* Implementation idea: Is it possible to construct a mask?
3563 We could look at the color at the margins of the image, and
3564 say that this color is probably the background color of the
3565 image. */
3566 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
3567
3568 s->background_filled_p = 1;
1403 } 3569 }
3570
3571 /* Draw the foreground. */
3572 if (pixmap != None)
3573 {
3574 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
3575 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3576 XCopyArea (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
3577 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y);
3578 XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap);
3579 }
3580 else
3581 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
3582
3583 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3584 if (s->img->relief
3585 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3586 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
3587 x_draw_image_relief (s);
1404} 3588}
1405#endif /* 0 */
1406
1407#if 0 /* Not in use yet */
1408 3589
1409/* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its left edge. */
1410 3590
1411static int 3591/* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
1412font_char_overlap_left (font, c) 3592
1413 XFontStruct *font; 3593static void
1414 int c; 3594x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
3595 struct glyph_string *s;
1415{ 3596{
1416 XCharStruct *s; 3597 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
3598 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3599
3600 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
3601 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
3602 {
3603 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
3604 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
3605 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
1417 3606
1418 /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ 3607 /* Draw cursor. */
1419 if (font->per_char == 0) 3608 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
1420 s = &font->max_bounds; 3609
3610 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3611 if (width < s->background_width)
3612 {
3613 GC gc = s->face->gc;
3614 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
3615 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
3616 XRectangle r;
3617
3618 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3619 XSetClipRectangles (s->display, gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted);
3620
3621 if (s->face->stipple)
3622 {
3623 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3624 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3625 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
3626 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
3627 }
3628 else
3629 {
3630 XGCValues xgcv;
3631 XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
3632 XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background);
3633 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
3634 XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground);
3635 }
3636 }
3637 }
1421 else 3638 else
3639 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
3640 s->height);
3641
3642 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3643}
3644
3645
3646/* Draw glyph string S. */
3647
3648static void
3649x_draw_glyph_string (s)
3650 struct glyph_string *s;
3651{
3652 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
3653 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
3654 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3655 if (s->next && s->right_overhang)
1422 { 3656 {
1423 int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; 3657 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
1424 int row, within; 3658 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
3659 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
3660 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
3661 }
3662
3663 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3664 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
3665 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3666
3667 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
3668 {
3669 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
3670 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
3671 break;
3672
3673 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
3674 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
3675 break;
1425 3676
1426 /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ 3677 case CHAR_GLYPH:
1427 row = c >> 8; 3678 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
1428 within = c & 0177; 3679 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
1429 if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 3680 break;
1430 && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 3681
1431 && row >= font->min_byte1 3682 default:
1432 && row <= font->max_byte1)) 3683 abort ();
3684 }
3685
3686 /* Draw underline. */
3687 if (s->face->underline_p)
3688 {
3689 unsigned long dy, h;
3690
3691 if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &h))
3692 h = 1;
3693 if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &dy))
3694 dy = s->height - h;
3695
3696 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
3697 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
3698 s->width, h);
3699 else
1433 { 3700 {
1434 /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ 3701 XGCValues xgcv;
1435 c = font->default_char; 3702 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
1436 row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8); 3703 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color);
1437 within = c & 0177; 3704 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
3705 s->width, h);
3706 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
1438 } 3707 }
1439 if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 3708 }
1440 && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 3709
1441 && row >= font->min_byte1 3710 /* Draw overline. */
1442 && row <= font->max_byte1)) 3711 if (s->face->overline_p)
1443 /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ 3712 {
1444 return 0; 3713 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
3714
3715 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
3716 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
3717 s->width, h);
1445 else 3718 else
1446 /* We found the info for this char. */ 3719 {
1447 s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) 3720 XGCValues xgcv;
1448 + row * rowlen); 3721 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
3722 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color);
3723 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
3724 s->width, h);
3725 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
3726 }
1449 } 3727 }
3728
3729 /* Draw strike-through. */
3730 if (s->face->strike_through_p)
3731 {
3732 unsigned long h = 1;
3733 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
1450 3734
1451 return (s && s->lbearing < 0); 3735 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
3736 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
3737 s->width, h);
3738 else
3739 {
3740 XGCValues xgcv;
3741 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
3742 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color);
3743 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
3744 s->width, h);
3745 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
3746 }
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Draw relief. */
3750 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
3751 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
3752
3753 /* Reset clipping. */
3754 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
1452} 3755}
1453 3756
1454/* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its right edge. */ 3757
3758/* A work-list entry used during the construction of glyph_string
3759 structures for a composite character. */
3760
3761struct work
3762{
3763 /* Pointer to composite char info defining has the composite
3764 character is drawn. */
3765 struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
3766
3767 /* Start index in compcharp->glyph[]. */
3768 int gidx;
3769
3770 /* Next in stack. */
3771 struct work *next;
3772};
3773
3774
3775static void x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
3776 int, struct work **,
3777 struct work **));
3778
3779
3780/* Load glyph string S with information from the top of *STACK for a
3781 composite character. FACE_ID is the id of the face in which S is
3782 drawn. *NEW is a pointer to a struct work not on the stack, that
3783 can be used if this function needs to push a new structure on the
3784 stack. If it uses it, *NEW is set to null. */
3785
3786static void
3787x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, face_id, stack, new)
3788 struct glyph_string *s;
3789 int face_id;
3790 struct work **stack, **new;
3791{
3792 int i, c;
3793 struct work *work;
3794
3795 xassert (s && *new && *stack);
3796
3797 /* Pop the work stack. */
3798 work = *stack;
3799 *stack = work->next;
3800
3801 /* For all glyphs of cmpcharp->glyph, starting at the offset
3802 work->offset, until we reach the end of the definition or
3803 encounter another composite char, get the font and face to use,
3804 and add it to S. */
3805 for (i = work->gidx; i < work->cmpcharp->glyph_len; ++i)
3806 {
3807 c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (work->cmpcharp->glyph[i]);
3808 if (CHAR_CHARSET (c) == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
3809 break;
3810 s->face = x_get_char_face_and_encoding (s->f, c, face_id,
3811 s->char2b + s->nchars, 1);
3812 s->font = s->face->font;
3813 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
3814 ++s->nchars;
3815 }
3816
3817 /* If we find another composite char in the glyph definition of
3818 work->cmpcharp, put back the rest of the glyphs on the work
3819 stack, and make a new entry for the composite char. */
3820 if (i < work->cmpcharp->glyph_len)
3821 {
3822 /* Push back an unprocessed rest of this glyph spec. */
3823 if (i < work->cmpcharp->glyph_len - 1)
3824 {
3825 work->gidx = i + 1;
3826 work->next = *stack;
3827 *stack = work;
3828 work = *new;
3829 *new = NULL;
3830 }
3831
3832 /* Make an entry for the composite char on the work stack. */
3833 work->cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)];
3834 work->gidx = 0;
3835 work->next = *stack;
3836 *stack = work;
3837 }
3838
3839 /* The width of this glyph string equals the width of the first
3840 glyph. All characters are drawn at the same x-position. */
3841 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
3842
3843 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
3844 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
3845 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
3846 characters of the glyph string. */
3847 if (s->font == NULL)
3848 {
3849 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
3850 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
3851 }
3852
3853 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
3854 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
3855
3856 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
3857
3858 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
3859 s->two_byte_p = 1;
3860}
3861
3862
3863/* Load glyph string S with a sequence of non-composite characters.
3864 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
3865 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1. Value
3866 is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
1455 3867
1456static int 3868static int
1457font_char_overlap_right (font, c) 3869x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end)
1458 XFontStruct *font; 3870 struct glyph_string *s;
1459 int c; 3871 int face_id;
3872 int start, end;
1460{ 3873{
1461 XCharStruct *s; 3874 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
3875 int voffset;
3876
3877 xassert (s->charset != CHARSET_COMPOSITION);
3878 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
3879 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
3880 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
3881
3882 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
3883 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
3884 voffset = glyph->voffset;
3885
3886 while (glyph < last
3887 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
3888 && glyph->voffset == voffset
3889 /* Same face id implies same charset, nowadays. */
3890 && glyph->u.ch.face_id == face_id)
3891 {
3892 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
3893 s->char2b + s->nchars);
3894 if (s->char2b[s->nchars].byte2 != 0)
3895 s->two_byte_p = 1;
3896
3897 ++s->nchars;
3898 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
3899 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
3900 ++glyph;
3901 }
1462 3902
1463 /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ 3903 s->font = s->face->font;
1464 if (font->per_char == 0) 3904 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
1465 s = &font->max_bounds; 3905
3906 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
3907 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
3908 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
3909 characters of the glyph string. */
3910 if (s->font == NULL)
3911 {
3912 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
3913 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
3914 }
3915
3916 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
3917 s->ybase += voffset;
3918
3919 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
3920 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3921}
3922
3923
3924/* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
3925
3926static void
3927x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
3928 struct glyph_string *s;
3929{
3930 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
3931 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img.id);
3932 xassert (s->img);
3933 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img.face_id);
3934 s->font = s->face->font;
3935 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
3936
3937 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
3938 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
3939}
3940
3941
3942/* Fill glyph string S from stretch glyph S->first_glyph. */
3943
3944static void
3945x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s)
3946 struct glyph_string *s;
3947{
3948 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
3949 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.stretch.face_id);
3950 s->font = s->face->font;
3951 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
3952
3953 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
3954 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
3955}
3956
3957
3958/* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
3959 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
3960 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
3961 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
3962 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
3963 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
3964 face-override for drawing S. */
3965
3966static void
3967x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
3968 struct glyph_string *s;
3969 XChar2b *char2b;
3970 struct window *w;
3971 struct glyph_row *row;
3972 enum glyph_row_area area;
3973 int start;
3974 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
3975{
3976 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
3977 s->w = w;
3978 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
3979 s->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s->f);
3980 s->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (s->f);
3981 s->char2b = char2b;
3982 s->hl = hl;
3983 s->row = row;
3984 s->area = area;
3985 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
3986 s->height = row->height;
3987 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
3988
3989 /* Display the internal border below the toolbar window. */
3990 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->toolbar_window))
3991 s->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width;
3992
3993 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
3994}
3995
3996
3997/* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
3998 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
3999 in the drawing area. */
4000
4001static INLINE void
4002x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4003 struct glyph_string *s;
4004 int start;
4005 int last_x;
4006{
4007 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4008 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4009 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4010
4011 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4012 && s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4013 && ((s->area == TEXT_AREA && s->row->fill_line_p)
4014 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4015 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple))
4016 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4017
4018 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4019 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4020 area. */
4021 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4022 s->background_width = last_x - s->x;
4023 else
4024 s->background_width = s->width;
4025}
4026
4027
4028/* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4029 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4030 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4031 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4032 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4033 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4034 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4035
4036#define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
4037 HL, X, LAST_X) \
4038 do \
4039 { \
4040 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4041 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4042 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s); \
4043 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4044 ++START; \
4045 s->x = (X); \
4046 } \
4047 while (0)
4048
4049
4050/* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4051 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4052 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4053 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4054 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4055 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4056 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4057
4058#define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
4059 HL, X, LAST_X) \
4060 do \
4061 { \
4062 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4063 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4064 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4065 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4066 ++START; \
4067 s->x = (X); \
4068 } \
4069 while (0)
4070
4071
4072/* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4073 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4074 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4075 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4076 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4077 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4078 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4079 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4080
4081#define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, \
4082 X, LAST_X) \
4083 do \
4084 { \
4085 int c, charset, face_id; \
4086 XChar2b *char2b; \
4087 \
4088 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch.code; \
4089 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); \
4090 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch.face_id; \
4091 \
4092 if (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION) \
4093 { \
4094 struct work *stack, *work, *new = NULL; \
4095 int n = 0; \
4096 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4097 \
4098 /* Push an initial entry for character c on the stack. */ \
4099 stack = NULL; \
4100 work = (struct work *) alloca (sizeof *work); \
4101 work->cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)]; \
4102 work->gidx = 0; \
4103 work->next = stack; \
4104 stack = work; \
4105 \
4106 /* While the stack is not empty, append glyph_strings \
4107 to head/tail for glyphs to draw. */ \
4108 while (stack) \
4109 { \
4110 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4111 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca (stack->cmpcharp->glyph_len \
4112 * sizeof (XChar2b)); \
4113 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4114 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4115 s->cmpcharp = stack->cmpcharp; \
4116 s->gidx = stack->gidx; \
4117 s->charset = charset; \
4118 s->x = (X); \
4119 \
4120 if (n == 0) \
4121 { \
4122 /* Don't draw the background except for the \
4123 first glyph string. */ \
4124 s->background_filled_p = n > 0; \
4125 first_s = s; \
4126 } \
4127 ++n; \
4128 \
4129 if (new == NULL) \
4130 new = (struct work *) alloca (sizeof *new); \
4131 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, face_id, &stack, \
4132 &new); \
4133 } \
4134 \
4135 ++START; \
4136 s = first_s; \
4137 } \
4138 else \
4139 { \
4140 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4141 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4142 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4143 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4144 s->charset = charset; \
4145 s->x = (X); \
4146 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END); \
4147 } \
4148 } \
4149 while (0)
4150
4151
4152/* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4153 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4154 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4155 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4156 x-positions of the drawing area.
4157
4158 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4159 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4160 asynchronously). */
4161
4162#define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, \
4163 X, LAST_X) \
4164 do \
4165 { \
4166 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4167 while (START < END) \
4168 { \
4169 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4170 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4171 { \
4172 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4173 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
4174 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4175 break; \
4176 \
4177 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4178 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4179 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4180 break; \
4181 \
4182 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4183 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
4184 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4185 break; \
4186 \
4187 default: \
4188 abort (); \
4189 } \
4190 \
4191 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4192 (X) += s->width; \
4193 } \
4194 } \
4195 while (0)
4196
4197
4198/* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4199 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4200 face-override with the following meaning:
4201
4202 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4203 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4204 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4205 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4206 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4207 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4208
4209 If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
4210 position for display. This can be different from START in case
4211 overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null,
4212 return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be
4213 different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.
4214
4215 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4216
4217static int
4218x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end)
4219 struct window *w;
4220 int x;
4221 struct glyph_row *row;
4222 enum glyph_row_area area;
4223 int start, end;
4224 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4225 int *real_start, *real_end;
4226{
4227 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4228 struct glyph_string *s;
4229 int last_x, area_width;
4230 int x_reached;
4231 int i, j;
4232
4233 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4234 start = max (0, start);
4235 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4236 if (real_start)
4237 *real_start = start;
4238 if (real_end)
4239 *real_end = end;
4240
4241 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4242 end of the drawing area. */
4243 if (row->full_width_p)
4244 {
4245 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4246 or flag areas. */
4247 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4248 int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
4249 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4250
4251 x += window_left_x;
4252 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4253 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4254
4255 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4256 {
4257 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4258 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4259 last_x += width;
4260 else
4261 x -= width;
4262 }
4263
4264 /* If row should extend over internal borders, adjust x and
4265 width accordingly. */
4266 if (row->internal_border_p)
4267 {
4268 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4269 width -= 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4270 }
4271 }
1466 else 4272 else
1467 { 4273 {
1468 int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; 4274 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
1469 int row, within; 4275 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4276 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4277 }
1470 4278
1471 /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ 4279 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
1472 row = c >> 8; 4280 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
1473 within = c & 0177; 4281 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
1474 if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 4282 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
1475 && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 4283 i = start;
1476 && row >= font->min_byte1 4284 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x);
1477 && row <= font->max_byte1)) 4285 if (tail)
4286 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
4287 else
4288 x_reached = x;
4289
4290 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4291 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4292 strings built above. */
4293 if (row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
4294 {
4295 int dummy_x = 0;
4296 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
4297
4298 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4299 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4300 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
4301
4302 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4303 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
4304 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
4305 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
4306 draws over it. */
4307 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
4308 if (i >= 0)
1478 { 4309 {
1479 /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ 4310 j = i;
1480 c = font->default_char; 4311 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
1481 row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8); 4312 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x);
1482 within = c & 0177; 4313 start = i;
4314 if (real_start)
4315 *real_start = start;
4316 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
4317 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4318 }
4319
4320 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4321 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
4322 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
4323 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
4324 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
4325 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
4326 strings exist. */
4327 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
4328 if (i >= 0)
4329 {
4330 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
4331 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x);
4332 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
4333 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4334 if (real_start)
4335 *real_start = i;
4336 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
4337 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4338 }
4339
4340 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4341 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
4342 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
4343 over it. */
4344 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
4345 if (i >= 0)
4346 {
4347 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
4348 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x);
4349 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
4350 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4351 if (real_end)
4352 *real_end = i;
4353 }
4354
4355 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4356 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
4357 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
4358 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
4359 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
4360 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
4361 if (i >= 0)
4362 {
4363 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
4364 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x);
4365 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
4366 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4367 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
4368 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
4369 if (real_end)
4370 *real_end = i;
1483 } 4371 }
1484 if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1485 && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
1486 && row >= font->min_byte1
1487 && row <= font->max_byte1))
1488 /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */
1489 return 0;
1490 else
1491 /* We found the info for this char. */
1492 s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2)
1493 + row * rowlen);
1494 } 4372 }
1495 4373
1496 return (s && s->rbearing >= s->width); 4374 /* Draw all strings. */
4375 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4376 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
4377
4378 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
4379 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
4380 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
4381 if (!row->full_width_p)
4382 {
4383 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
4384 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
4385 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
4386 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
4387 }
4388 return x_reached;
1497} 4389}
1498#endif /* 0 */ 4390
4391
4392/* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
4393 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
4394 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
4395 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
4396 row being updated. */
4397
4398static void
4399x_write_glyphs (start, len)
4400 struct glyph *start;
4401 int len;
4402{
4403 int x, hpos, real_start, real_end;
4404
4405 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
4406 BLOCK_INPUT;
4407
4408 /* Write glyphs. */
4409
4410 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
4411 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
4412 updated_row, updated_area,
4413 hpos, hpos + len,
4414 (updated_row->inverse_p
4415 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT),
4416 &real_start, &real_end);
4417
4418 /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */
4419 note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start,
4420 real_end - real_start);
4421
4422 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4423
4424 /* Advance the output cursor. */
4425 output_cursor.hpos += len;
4426 output_cursor.x = x;
4427}
4428
4429
4430/* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
4431
4432static void
4433x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
4434 struct glyph *start;
4435 register int len;
4436{
4437 struct frame *f;
4438 struct window *w;
4439 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
4440 struct glyph_row *row;
4441 struct glyph *glyph;
4442 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end;
4443
4444 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
4445 BLOCK_INPUT;
4446 w = updated_window;
4447 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4448
4449 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
4450 row = updated_row;
4451 line_height = row->height;
4452
4453 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
4454 shift_by_width = 0;
4455 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
4456 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
4457
4458 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
4459 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
4460 - output_cursor.x
4461 - shift_by_width);
4462
4463 /* Shift right. */
4464 frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, output_cursor.x);
4465 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
4466 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4467 f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
4468 frame_x, frame_y,
4469 shifted_region_width, line_height,
4470 frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y);
4471
4472 /* Write the glyphs. */
4473 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
4474 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
4475 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end);
4476 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start);
4477
4478 /* Advance the output cursor. */
4479 output_cursor.hpos += len;
4480 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
4481 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4482}
4483
4484
4485/* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
4486 for X frames. */
4487
4488static void
4489x_delete_glyphs (n)
4490 register int n;
4491{
4492 abort ();
4493}
4494
4495
4496/* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
4497 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
4498 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
4499
4500 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
4501 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
4502
4503static void
4504x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
4505 int to_x;
4506{
4507 struct frame *f;
4508 struct window *w = updated_window;
4509 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
4510 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
4511
4512 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
4513 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4514
4515 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
4516 {
4517 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4518 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
4519 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
4520 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4521 }
4522 else
4523 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
4524 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
4525
4526 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
4527 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
4528 if (to_x == 0)
4529 return;
4530 else if (to_x < 0)
4531 to_x = max_x;
4532 else
4533 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
4534
4535 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
4536
4537 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
4538 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
4539 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1);
4540
4541 from_x = output_cursor.x;
4542
4543 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
4544 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
4545 {
4546 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
4547 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
4548 }
4549 else
4550 {
4551 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
4552 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
4553 }
4554
4555 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
4556 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
4557 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
4558
4559 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
4560 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
4561 {
4562 BLOCK_INPUT;
4563 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4564 from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y,
4565 False);
4566 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4567 }
4568}
4569
4570
4571/* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
4572 frame. Otherwise clear selected_frame. */
4573
4574static void
4575x_clear_frame ()
4576{
4577 struct frame *f;
4578
4579 if (updating_frame)
4580 f = updating_frame;
4581 else
4582 f = selected_frame;
4583
4584 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
4585 longer visible. */
4586 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
4587 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
4588 output_cursor.x = -1;
4589
4590 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
4591 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
4592 BLOCK_INPUT;
4593 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));
4594
4595 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
4596 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
4597 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
4598
4599 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
4600 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4601}
4602
4603
1499 4604
1500/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ 4605/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
1501 4606
1502/* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure 4607/* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
1503 it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ 4608 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
4609
1504#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) 4610#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
1505 4611
1506/* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, 4612
1507 storing the result in RESULT. 4613/* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
1508 Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ 4614 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
1509 4615
1510static int 4616static int
1511timeval_subtract (result, x, y) 4617timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
1512 struct timeval *result, x, y; 4618 struct timeval *result, x, y;
1513{ 4619{
1514 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. 4620 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
1515 This is safer because on some systems 4621 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
1516 the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
1517 if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) 4622 if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
1518 { 4623 {
1519 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; 4624 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
1520 y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; 4625 y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
1521 y.tv_sec += nsec; 4626 y.tv_sec += nsec;
1522 } 4627 }
4628
1523 if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) 4629 if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
1524 { 4630 {
1525 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; 4631 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
@@ -1527,11 +4633,13 @@ timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
1527 y.tv_sec -= nsec; 4633 y.tv_sec -= nsec;
1528 } 4634 }
1529 4635
1530 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly positive. */ 4636 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
4637 positive. */
1531 result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; 4638 result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
1532 result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; 4639 result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;
1533 4640
1534 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative. */ 4641 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
4642 negative. */
1535 return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; 4643 return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
1536} 4644}
1537 4645
@@ -1544,8 +4652,8 @@ XTflash (f)
1544 { 4652 {
1545 GC gc; 4653 GC gc;
1546 4654
1547 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels 4655 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
1548 into background pixels. */ 4656 pixels into background pixels. */
1549 { 4657 {
1550 XGCValues values; 4658 XGCValues values;
1551 4659
@@ -1579,6 +4687,9 @@ XTflash (f)
1579 case vertical_scroll_bar_right: 4687 case vertical_scroll_bar_right:
1580 flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; 4688 flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
1581 break; 4689 break;
4690
4691 default:
4692 break;
1582 } 4693 }
1583 4694
1584 width = flash_right - flash_left; 4695 width = flash_right - flash_left;
@@ -1587,7 +4698,9 @@ XTflash (f)
1587 if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) 4698 if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
1588 { 4699 {
1589 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 4700 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
1590 flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 4701 flash_left,
4702 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
4703 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
1591 width, flash_height); 4704 width, flash_height);
1592 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 4705 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
1593 flash_left, 4706 flash_left,
@@ -1601,10 +4714,10 @@ XTflash (f)
1601 flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 4714 flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
1602 width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); 4715 width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1603 4716
1604 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); 4717 x_flush (f);
1605 4718
1606 { 4719 {
1607 struct timeval wakeup, now; 4720 struct timeval wakeup;
1608 4721
1609 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); 4722 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);
1610 4723
@@ -1634,7 +4747,9 @@ XTflash (f)
1634 if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) 4747 if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
1635 { 4748 {
1636 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 4749 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
1637 flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 4750 flash_left,
4751 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
4752 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
1638 width, flash_height); 4753 width, flash_height);
1639 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, 4754 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
1640 flash_left, 4755 flash_left,
@@ -1649,14 +4764,14 @@ XTflash (f)
1649 width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); 4764 width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1650 4765
1651 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc); 4766 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc);
1652 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); 4767 x_flush (f);
1653 } 4768 }
1654 } 4769 }
1655 4770
1656 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 4771 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1657} 4772}
1658 4773
1659#endif 4774#endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
1660 4775
1661 4776
1662/* Make audible bell. */ 4777/* Make audible bell. */
@@ -1681,264 +4796,465 @@ XTring_bell ()
1681 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 4796 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1682 } 4797 }
1683} 4798}
4799
1684 4800
1685/* Insert and delete character. 4801/* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
1686 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn 4802 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
1687 off the feature of using them. */ 4803 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
4804 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
1688 4805
1689static void 4806static void
1690XTinsert_glyphs (start, len) 4807XTset_terminal_window (n)
1691 register char *start; 4808 register int n;
1692 register int len;
1693{ 4809{
1694 abort (); 4810 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
1695} 4811}
1696 4812
4813
4814
4815/***********************************************************************
4816 Line Dance
4817 ***********************************************************************/
4818
4819/* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
4820 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
4821
1697static void 4822static void
1698XTdelete_glyphs (n) 4823x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
1699 register int n; 4824 int vpos, n;
1700{ 4825{
1701 abort (); 4826 abort ();
1702} 4827}
1703 4828
1704/* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, 4829
1705 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. 4830/* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
1706 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
1707 that is bounded by calls to XTupdate_begin and XTupdate_end. */
1708 4831
1709static void 4832static void
1710XTset_terminal_window (n) 4833x_scroll_run (w, run)
1711 register int n; 4834 struct window *w;
4835 struct run *run;
1712{ 4836{
1713 if (updating_frame == 0) 4837 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1714 abort (); 4838 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
1715 4839
1716 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height)) 4840 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
1717 flexlines = updating_frame->height; 4841 without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the
4842 left and right of W. */
4843 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
4844 width += 2 * FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
4845 x -= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
4846
4847 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
4848 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
4849 bottom_y = y + height;
4850
4851 if (to_y < from_y)
4852 {
4853 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4854 line at the bottom. */
4855 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
4856 height = bottom_y - from_y;
4857 else
4858 height = run->height;
4859 }
1718 else 4860 else
1719 flexlines = n; 4861 {
1720} 4862 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
1721 4863 at the bottom. */
1722/* These variables need not be per frame 4864 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
1723 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis 4865 height = bottom_y - to_y;
1724 and the line dance for one frame is finished before 4866 else
1725 anything is done for anoter frame. */ 4867 height = run->height;
4868 }
1726 4869
1727/* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations. 4870 BLOCK_INPUT;
1728 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want 4871
1729 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */ 4872 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
1730static int *line_dance; 4873 updated_window = w;
4874 x_clear_cursor (w);
4875
4876 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
4877 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4878 f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
4879 x, from_y,
4880 width, height,
4881 x, to_y);
4882
4883 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4884}
1731 4885
1732/* Allocated length of that array. */
1733static int line_dance_len;
1734 4886
1735/* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */ 4887
1736static int line_dance_in_progress; 4888/***********************************************************************
4889 Exposure Events
4890 ***********************************************************************/
4891
4892/* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
4893 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
4894 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
4895 the entire frame. */
1737 4896
1738/* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, 4897static void
1739 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ 4898expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
1740void 4899 struct frame *f;
1741XTins_del_lines (vpos, n) 4900 int x, y, w, h;
1742 int vpos, n;
1743{ 4901{
1744 register int fence, i; 4902 XRectangle r;
1745 4903
1746 if (vpos >= flexlines) 4904 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
1747 return;
1748 4905
1749 if (!line_dance_in_progress) 4906 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
4907 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
1750 { 4908 {
1751 int ht = updating_frame->height; 4909 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
1752 if (ht > line_dance_len) 4910 return;
1753 { 4911 }
1754 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int)); 4912
1755 line_dance_len = ht; 4913 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
1756 } 4914 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
1757 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i; 4915 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
1758 line_dance_in_progress = 1; 4916 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
4917 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
4918 {
4919 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
4920 return;
1759 } 4921 }
1760 if (n >= 0) 4922
4923 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
1761 { 4924 {
1762 if (n > flexlines - vpos) 4925 r.x = r.y = 0;
1763 n = flexlines - vpos; 4926 r.width = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
1764 fence = vpos + n; 4927 r.height = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
1765 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
1766 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
1767 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
1768 line_dance[i] = -1;
1769 } 4928 }
1770 else 4929 else
1771 { 4930 {
1772 n = -n; 4931 r.x = x;
1773 if (n > flexlines - vpos) 4932 r.y = y;
1774 n = flexlines - vpos; 4933 r.width = w;
1775 fence = flexlines - n; 4934 r.height = h;
1776 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i) 4935 }
1777 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n]; 4936
1778 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i) 4937 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height));
1779 line_dance[i] = -1; 4938 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
4939
4940 if (WINDOWP (f->toolbar_window))
4941 {
4942 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window);
4943 XRectangle window_rect;
4944 XRectangle intersection_rect;
4945 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
4946
4947
4948 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
4949 window_rect.x = window_x;
4950 window_rect.y = window_y;
4951 window_rect.width = window_width;
4952 window_rect.height = window_height;
4953
4954 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect))
4955 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
1780 } 4956 }
4957
4958#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4959 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window))
4960 {
4961 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
4962 XRectangle window_rect;
4963 XRectangle intersection_rect;
4964 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
4965
4966
4967 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
4968 window_rect.x = window_x;
4969 window_rect.y = window_y;
4970 window_rect.width = window_width;
4971 window_rect.height = window_height;
4972
4973 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect))
4974 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
4975 }
4976#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1781} 4977}
1782 4978
1783/* Here's where we actually move the pixels around. 4979
1784 Must be called with input blocked. */ 4980/* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
4981 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
4982
1785static void 4983static void
1786do_line_dance () 4984expose_window_tree (w, r)
4985 struct window *w;
4986 XRectangle *r;
1787{ 4987{
1788 register int i, j, distance; 4988 while (w)
1789 register struct frame *f; 4989 {
1790 int ht; 4990 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
1791 int intborder; 4991 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
4992 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
4993 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
4994 else
4995 {
4996 XRectangle window_rect;
4997 XRectangle intersection_rect;
4998 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4999 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
5000
5001 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5002 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width,
5003 &window_height);
5004 window_rect.x
5005 = (window_x
5006 - FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
5007 - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
5008 window_rect.y = window_y;
5009 window_rect.width
5010 = (window_width
5011 + 2 * FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
5012 + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f));
5013 window_rect.height
5014 = window_height + CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5015
5016 if (x_intersect_rectangles (r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect))
5017 expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
5018 }
1792 5019
1793 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the 5020 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
1794 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */ 5021 }
1795 if (!line_dance_in_progress) 5022}
1796 return;
1797 5023
1798 f = updating_frame;
1799 if (f == 0)
1800 abort ();
1801 5024
1802 ht = f->height; 5025/* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
1803 intborder = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f)); 5026 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
1804 5027
1805 x_update_cursor (updating_frame, 0); 5028static void
5029expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5030 struct window *w;
5031 struct glyph_row *row;
5032 XRectangle *r;
5033 enum glyph_row_area area;
5034{
5035 int x;
5036 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5037 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5038 struct glyph *last;
5039 int first_x;
5040
5041 /* Set x to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5042 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5043 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5044 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5045 x = 0;
5046 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5047 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5048 else
5049 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5050 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1806 5051
1807 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) 5052 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
1808 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0) 5053 while (first < end
1809 { 5054 && x + first->pixel_width < r->x)
1810 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1 5055 {
1811 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j); 5056 x += first->pixel_width;
1812 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance,j+distance) */ 5057 ++first;
1813 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 5058 }
1814 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, 5059
1815 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance), 5060 /* Find the last one. */
1816 FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), 5061 last = first;
1817 (j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height, 5062 first_x = x;
1818 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i)); 5063 while (last < end
1819 i = j-1; 5064 && x < r->x + r->width)
1820 } 5065 {
5066 x += last->pixel_width;
5067 ++last;
5068 }
5069
5070 /* Repaint. */
5071 if (last > first)
5072 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x, row, area,
5073 first - row->glyphs[area],
5074 last - row->glyphs[area],
5075 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
5076 NULL, NULL);
5077}
5078
1821 5079
1822 for (i = ht; --i >=0; ) 5080/* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
1823 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0) 5081 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
1824 {
1825 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
1826 && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
1827 /* Copy (j,i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
1828 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
1829 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
1830 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
1831 FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
1832 (i-j) * f->output_data.x->line_height,
1833 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1));
1834 i = j+1;
1835 }
1836 5082
1837 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) 5083static void
1838 if (line_dance[i] == -1) 5084expose_line (w, row, r)
1839 { 5085 struct window *w;
1840 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j); 5086 struct glyph_row *row;
1841 /* Clear [i,j) */ 5087 XRectangle *r;
1842 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 5088{
1843 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), 5089 xassert (row->enabled_p);
1844 FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), 5090
1845 (j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height, False); 5091 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
1846 i = j-1; 5092 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
1847 } 5093 row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
1848 line_dance_in_progress = 0; 5094 NULL, NULL);
5095 else
5096 {
5097 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5098 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5099 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5100 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5101 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5102 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5103 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row);
5104 }
1849} 5105}
1850
1851/* Support routines for exposure events. */
1852static void clear_cursor ();
1853 5106
1854/* Output into a rectangle of an X-window (for frame F) 5107
1855 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle. 5108/* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
1856 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle. 5109
1857 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle. 5110static int
1858 Call this function with input blocked. */ 5111x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5112 struct window *w;
5113 XRectangle *r;
5114{
5115 XRectangle cr, result;
5116 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5117
5118 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5119 if (cursor_glyph)
5120 {
5121 cr.x = w->phys_cursor.x;
5122 cr.y = w->phys_cursor.y;
5123 cr.width = cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5124 cr.height = w->phys_cursor_height;
5125 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr, r, &result);
5126 }
5127 else
5128 return 0;
5129}
5130
5131
5132/* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window
5133 relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */
1859 5134
1860static void 5135static void
1861dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows) 5136expose_window (w, r)
1862 struct frame *f; 5137 struct window *w;
1863 register int left, top, cols, rows; 5138 XRectangle *r;
1864{ 5139{
1865 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); 5140 struct glyph_row *row;
1866 int cursor_cleared = 0; 5141 int y;
1867 int bottom, right; 5142 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1868 register int y; 5143 int cursor_cleared_p;
1869 5144
1870 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) 5145 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
1871 return; 5146 r->x, r->y, r->width, r->height));
1872 5147
1873 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */ 5148 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
1874 bottom = top + rows; 5149 r->x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
1875 right = left + cols; 5150 r->y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
1876
1877 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
1878 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
1879 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
1880 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
1881 bottom += (f->output_data.x->line_height - 1);
1882 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) - 1);
1883 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
1884 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
1885
1886 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
1887 if (left < 0)
1888 left = 0;
1889 if (top < 0)
1890 top = 0;
1891 if (right > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
1892 right = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
1893 if (bottom > f->height)
1894 bottom = f->height;
1895
1896 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
1897 cols = right - left;
1898 rows = bottom - top;
1899
1900 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
1901 if (rows <= 0) return;
1902 if (cols <= 0) return;
1903
1904 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
1905 We will turn it back on afterward. */
1906 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
1907 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
1908 {
1909 clear_cursor (f);
1910 cursor_cleared = 1;
1911 }
1912 5151
5152 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5153 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5154 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r))
5155 {
5156 x_clear_cursor (w);
5157 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5158 }
5159 else
5160 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5161
5162 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5163 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5164 y = 0;
5165 while (row->enabled_p
5166 && y < yb
5167 && y + row->height < r->y)
5168 {
5169 y += row->height;
5170 ++row;
5171 }
5172
1913 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ 5173 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
5174 while (row->enabled_p
5175 && y < yb
5176 && y < r->y + r->height)
5177 {
5178 expose_line (w, row, r);
5179 y += row->height;
5180 ++row;
5181 }
5182
5183 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5184 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5185 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5186 row->enabled_p)
5187 && row->y < r->y + r->height)
5188 expose_line (w, row, r);
1914 5189
1915 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++) 5190 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
1916 { 5191 {
1917 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left]; 5192 /* Draw border between windows. */
5193 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5194
5195 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5196 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5197 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5198 }
5199}
1918 5200
1919 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
1920 continue;
1921 5201
1922 while (*line & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING) 5202/* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
5203 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
5204 empty. */
5205
5206static int
5207x_intersect_rectangles (r1, r2, result)
5208 XRectangle *r1, *r2, *result;
5209{
5210 XRectangle *left, *right;
5211 XRectangle *upper, *lower;
5212 int intersection_p = 0;
5213
5214 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
5215 if (r1->x < r2->x)
5216 left = r1, right = r2;
5217 else
5218 left = r2, right = r1;
5219
5220 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
5221 otherwise there is no intersection. */
5222 if (right->x <= left->x + left->width)
5223 {
5224 result->x = right->x;
5225
5226 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
5227 the right ends of left and right. */
5228 result->width = (min (left->x + left->width, right->x + right->width)
5229 - result->x);
5230
5231 /* Same game for Y. */
5232 if (r1->y < r2->y)
5233 upper = r1, lower = r2;
5234 else
5235 upper = r2, lower = r1;
5236
5237 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
5238 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
5239 if (lower->y <= upper->y + upper->height)
1923 { 5240 {
1924 /* We must display the whole glyph of a wide-column 5241 result->y = lower->y;
1925 character. */ 5242
1926 left--; 5243 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
1927 line--; 5244 ends of upper and lower. */
1928 cols++; 5245 result->height = (min (lower->y + lower->height,
5246 upper->y + upper->height)
5247 - result->y);
5248 intersection_p = 1;
1929 } 5249 }
1930 dumpglyphs (f,
1931 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
1932 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
1933 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
1934 active_frame->highlight[y], 0, NULL);
1935 } 5250 }
1936 5251
1937 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */ 5252 return intersection_p;
1938
1939 if (cursor_cleared)
1940 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1941} 5253}
5254
5255
5256
5257
1942 5258
1943static void 5259static void
1944frame_highlight (f) 5260frame_highlight (f)
@@ -1970,9 +5286,6 @@ frame_unhighlight (f)
1970 x_update_cursor (f, 1); 5286 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1971} 5287}
1972 5288
1973static void XTframe_rehighlight ();
1974static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
1975
1976/* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect 5289/* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
1977 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame 5290 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
1978 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. 5291 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
@@ -1985,7 +5298,6 @@ x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
1985 struct frame *frame; 5298 struct frame *frame;
1986{ 5299{
1987 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; 5300 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
1988 int events_enqueued = 0;
1989 5301
1990 if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) 5302 if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
1991 { 5303 {
@@ -2024,11 +5336,12 @@ x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
2024 5336
2025/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to 5337/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
2026 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate 5338 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
2027 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. 5339 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
2028 5340
2029 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which 5341 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
2030 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find 5342 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
2031 the appropriate X display info. */ 5343 the appropriate X display info. */
5344
2032static void 5345static void
2033XTframe_rehighlight (frame) 5346XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
2034 struct frame *frame; 5347 struct frame *frame;
@@ -2065,8 +5378,10 @@ x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
2065 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); 5378 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
2066 } 5379 }
2067} 5380}
5381
5382
2068 5383
2069/* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ 5384/* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
2070 5385
2071/* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ 5386/* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
2072static void 5387static void
@@ -2099,7 +5414,7 @@ x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
2099 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and 5414 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
2100 Alt keysyms are on. */ 5415 Alt keysyms are on. */
2101 { 5416 {
2102 int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ 5417 int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
2103 5418
2104 for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) 5419 for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
2105 for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) 5420 for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
@@ -2172,6 +5487,7 @@ x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
2172 5487
2173/* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits 5488/* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
2174 Emacs uses. */ 5489 Emacs uses. */
5490
2175static unsigned int 5491static unsigned int
2176x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) 5492x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
2177 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; 5493 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
@@ -2212,13 +5528,15 @@ x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
2212 5528
2213 return value; 5529 return value;
2214} 5530}
5531
5532
2215 5533
2216/* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ 5534/* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
2217 5535
2218/* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return 5536/* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
2219 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle 5537 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
2220 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. 5538 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
2221 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */ 5539 not force the value into range. */
2222 5540
2223void 5541void
2224pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) 5542pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
@@ -2228,7 +5546,7 @@ pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
2228 XRectangle *bounds; 5546 XRectangle *bounds;
2229 int noclip; 5547 int noclip;
2230{ 5548{
2231 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down 5549 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
2232 even for negative values. */ 5550 even for negative values. */
2233 if (pix_x < 0) 5551 if (pix_x < 0)
2234 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1; 5552 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1;
@@ -2263,16 +5581,51 @@ pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
2263 *y = pix_y; 5581 *y = pix_y;
2264} 5582}
2265 5583
2266void 5584
2267glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y) 5585/* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
2268 FRAME_PTR f; 5586 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
2269 register int x, y; 5587 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
2270 register int *pix_x, *pix_y; 5588 return 0. */
5589
5590int
5591glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
5592 struct window *w;
5593 int hpos, vpos;
5594 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
2271{ 5595{
2272 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); 5596 int success_p;
2273 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); 5597
5598 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
5599 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
5600
5601 if (display_completed)
5602 {
5603 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
5604 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
5605 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
5606
5607 *frame_y = row->y;
5608 *frame_x = row->x;
5609 while (glyph < end)
5610 {
5611 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
5612 ++glyph;
5613 }
5614
5615 success_p = 1;
5616 }
5617 else
5618 {
5619 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
5620 success_p = 0;
5621 }
5622
5623 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
5624 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
5625 return success_p;
2274} 5626}
2275 5627
5628
2276/* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. 5629/* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
2277 5630
2278 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed 5631 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
@@ -2295,20 +5648,14 @@ construct_mouse_click (result, event, f)
2295 ? up_modifier 5648 ? up_modifier
2296 : down_modifier)); 5649 : down_modifier));
2297 5650
2298 { 5651 XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
2299 int row, column; 5652 XSETINT (result->y, event->y);
2300 5653 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
2301#if 0 5654 return Qnil;
2302 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, event->x, event->y, &column, &row, NULL, 0);
2303 XSETFASTINT (result->x, column);
2304 XSETFASTINT (result->y, row);
2305#endif
2306 XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
2307 XSETINT (result->y, event->y);
2308 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
2309 }
2310} 5655}
2311 5656
5657#if 0 /* This function isn't called. --gerd */
5658
2312/* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */ 5659/* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */
2313 5660
2314static Lisp_Object 5661static Lisp_Object
@@ -2332,6 +5679,9 @@ construct_menu_click (result, event, f)
2332 XSETINT (result->y, -1); 5679 XSETINT (result->y, -1);
2333 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); 5680 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
2334} 5681}
5682
5683#endif /* 0 */
5684
2335 5685
2336/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. 5686/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
2337 The input handler calls this. 5687 The input handler calls this.
@@ -2341,18 +5691,22 @@ construct_menu_click (result, event, f)
2341 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for 5691 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
2342 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ 5692 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
2343 5693
5694static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event;
5695static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
5696
2344static void 5697static void
2345note_mouse_movement (frame, event) 5698note_mouse_movement (frame, event)
2346 FRAME_PTR frame; 5699 FRAME_PTR frame;
2347 XMotionEvent *event; 5700 XMotionEvent *event;
2348{ 5701{
2349 last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; 5702 last_mouse_movement_time = event->time;
5703 last_mouse_motion_event = *event;
5704 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
2350 5705
2351 if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) 5706 if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame))
2352 { 5707 {
2353 frame->mouse_moved = 1; 5708 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
2354 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; 5709 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
2355
2356 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); 5710 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
2357 } 5711 }
2358 5712
@@ -2364,356 +5718,890 @@ note_mouse_movement (frame, event)
2364 { 5718 {
2365 frame->mouse_moved = 1; 5719 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
2366 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; 5720 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
2367
2368 note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); 5721 note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y);
2369 } 5722 }
2370} 5723}
2371 5724
2372/* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ 5725/* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
2373static int disable_mouse_highlight;
2374 5726
2375/* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F 5727 int disable_mouse_highlight;
2376 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties. 5728
2377 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before. 5729
5730
5731/************************************************************************
5732 Mouse Face
5733 ************************************************************************/
5734
5735/* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
5736 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
5737 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
5738 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
5739 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
5740 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
5741 date. */
5742
5743static struct glyph *
5744x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area)
5745 struct window *w;
5746 int x, y;
5747 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
5748{
5749 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
5750 struct glyph_row *row;
5751 int x0, i, left_area_width;
5752
5753 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
5754 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
5755 {
5756 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
5757 if (!row->enabled_p)
5758 return NULL;
5759 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
5760 break;
5761 }
5762
5763 *vpos = i;
5764 *hpos = 0;
5765
5766 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
5767 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
5768 return NULL;
5769
5770 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
5771 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
5772 {
5773 *area = TEXT_AREA;
5774 x0 = 0;
5775 }
5776 else
5777 {
5778 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5779 if (x < left_area_width)
5780 {
5781 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
5782 x0 = 0;
5783 }
5784 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
5785 {
5786 *area = TEXT_AREA;
5787 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
5788 }
5789 else
5790 {
5791 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
5792 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
5793 }
5794 }
5795
5796 /* Find glyph containing X. */
5797 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
5798 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
5799 while (glyph < end)
5800 {
5801 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
5802 {
5803 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
5804 break;
5805 else if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
5806 break;
5807 }
5808
5809 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
5810 ++glyph;
5811 }
5812
5813 if (glyph == end)
5814 return NULL;
5815
5816 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
5817 return glyph;
5818}
5819
5820
5821/* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
5822 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
5823
5824static void
5825frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
5826 struct window *w;
5827 int *x, *y;
5828{
5829 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
5830 {
5831 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
5832 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
5833 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5834 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
5835 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
5836 }
5837 else
5838 {
5839 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
5840 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
5841 }
5842}
5843
5844
5845/* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or top line of
5846 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
5847 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
5848 W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
5849 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
5850
5851static void
5852note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
5853 struct window *w;
5854 int x, mode_line_p;
5855{
5856 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5857 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5858 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
5859 struct glyph_row *row;
5860
5861 if (mode_line_p)
5862 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
5863 else
5864 row = MATRIX_TOP_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
5865
5866 if (row->enabled_p)
5867 {
5868 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
5869 Lisp_Object help, map;
5870 int x0;
5871
5872 /* Find the glyph under X. */
5873 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
5874 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
5875 x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
5876 + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
5877 while (glyph < end
5878 && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
5879 {
5880 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
5881 ++glyph;
5882 }
5883
5884 if (glyph < end
5885 && STRINGP (glyph->object)
5886 && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals
5887 && glyph->charpos >= 0
5888 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
5889 {
5890 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
5891 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
5892 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
5893 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
5894 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
5895 if (STRINGP (help))
5896 help_echo = help;
5897
5898 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
5899 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
5900 Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
5901 if (!NILP (Fkeymapp (map)))
5902 cursor = f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor;
5903 }
5904 }
5905
5906 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
5907}
5908
5909
5910/* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
5911 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
5912 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
2378 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ 5913 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
2379 5914
2380static void 5915static void
2381note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) 5916note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
2382 FRAME_PTR f; 5917 struct frame *f;
2383 int x, y; 5918 int x, y;
2384{ 5919{
2385 int row, column, portion; 5920 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
2386 XRectangle new_glyph; 5921 int portion;
2387 Lisp_Object window; 5922 Lisp_Object window;
2388 struct window *w; 5923 struct window *w;
2389 5924
5925 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
5926#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5927 if (popup_activated ())
5928 return;
5929#endif
5930
2390 if (disable_mouse_highlight) 5931 if (disable_mouse_highlight)
2391 return; 5932 return;
2392 5933
2393 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; 5934 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
2394 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; 5935 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
2395 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; 5936 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
2396 5937
2397 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer) 5938 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
2398 return; 5939 return;
2399 5940
2400 if (gc_in_progress) 5941 if (gc_in_progress)
2401 { 5942 {
2402 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; 5943 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
2403 return; 5944 return;
2404 } 5945 }
2405 5946
2406 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
2407 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
2408 &new_glyph, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
2409
2410 /* Which window is that in? */ 5947 /* Which window is that in? */
2411 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion); 5948 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
2412 w = XWINDOW (window);
2413 5949
2414 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ 5950 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
2415 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)) 5951 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
2416 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); 5952 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
5953
5954 /* Not on a window -> return. */
5955 if (!WINDOWP (window))
5956 return;
5957
5958 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
5959 w = XWINDOW (window);
5960 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
5961
5962 /* Handle toolbar window differently since it doesn't display a
5963 buffer. */
5964 if (EQ (window, f->toolbar_window))
5965 {
5966 note_toolbar_highlight (f, x, y);
5967 return;
5968 }
5969
5970 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
5971 {
5972 /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */
5973 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
5974 return;
5975 }
5976 else
5977 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
5978 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
2417 5979
2418 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? 5980 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
2419 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ 5981 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
2420 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0 5982 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
2421 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f) 5983 portion == 0
2422 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) 5984 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
2423 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) 5985 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
2424 && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) 5986 && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified)
2425 == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))) 5987 == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))))
2426 { 5988 {
2427 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row]; 5989 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
2428 int i, pos; 5990 struct glyph *glyph;
2429 5991
2430 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */ 5992 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
2431 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--) 5993 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area);
2432 if (ptr[i] > 0) 5994
2433 break; 5995 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
2434 pos = ptr[i]; 5996 if (glyph == NULL
2435 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */ 5997 || area != TEXT_AREA
2436 if (pos <= 0) 5998 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
2437 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
2438 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
2439 && row >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
2440 && row <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
2441 && (row > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
2442 || column >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
2443 && (row < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
2444 || column < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
2445 || FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
2446 { 5999 {
2447 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; 6000 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
2448 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; 6001 return;
2449 int len, noverlays, ignor1; 6002 }
2450 struct buffer *obuf;
2451 int obegv, ozv;
2452
2453 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
2454 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
2455 return;
2456
2457 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
2458 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
2459 obuf = current_buffer;
2460 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
2461 obegv = BEGV;
2462 ozv = ZV;
2463 BEGV = BEG;
2464 ZV = Z;
2465
2466 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
2467 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
2468
2469 /* Is this char mouse-active? */
2470 XSETINT (position, pos);
2471
2472 len = 10;
2473 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
2474
2475 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
2476 Store the length in len. */
2477 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
2478 NULL, NULL);
2479 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
2480
2481 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
2482 overlay = Qnil;
2483 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
2484 {
2485 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
2486 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
2487 {
2488 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
2489 break;
2490 }
2491 }
2492 free (overlay_vec);
2493 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
2494 if (NILP (overlay))
2495 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
2496 6003
2497 /* Handle the overlay case. */ 6004 pos = glyph->charpos;
2498 if (! NILP (overlay)) 6005 xassert (w->pseudo_window_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object));
2499 { 6006
2500 /* Find the range of text around this char that 6007 /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */
2501 should be active. */ 6008 {
2502 Lisp_Object before, after; 6009 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
2503 int ignore; 6010 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
2504 6011 int len, noverlays;
2505 before = Foverlay_start (overlay); 6012 struct buffer *obuf;
2506 after = Foverlay_end (overlay); 6013 int obegv, ozv;
2507 /* Record this as the current active region. */ 6014
2508 fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (before), 6015 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
2509 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col, 6016 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
2510 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row); 6017 return;
2511 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end 6018
2512 = !fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (after), 6019 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
2513 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col, 6020 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
2514 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row); 6021 obuf = current_buffer;
2515 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window; 6022 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
2516 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id 6023 obegv = BEGV;
2517 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, 6024 ozv = ZV;
2518 &ignore, pos + 1, 1); 6025 BEGV = BEG;
2519 6026 ZV = Z;
2520 /* Display it as active. */ 6027
2521 show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1); 6028 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
2522 } 6029 XSETINT (position, pos);
2523 /* Handle the text property case. */ 6030
2524 else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) 6031 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
2525 { 6032 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
2526 /* Find the range of text around this char that 6033 enough space for all, and try again. */
2527 should be active. */ 6034 len = 10;
2528 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; 6035 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
2529 int ignore; 6036 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL);
2530 6037 if (noverlays > len)
2531 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); 6038 {
2532 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) 6039 len = noverlays;
2533 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); 6040 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
2534 before 6041 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL);
2535 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), 6042 }
2536 Qmouse_face, 6043
2537 w->buffer, beginning); 6044 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
2538 after 6045
2539 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, 6046 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
2540 w->buffer, end); 6047 if (! (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
2541 /* Record this as the current active region. */ 6048 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
2542 fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (before), 6049 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
2543 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col, 6050 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
2544 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row); 6051 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
2545 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end 6052 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
2546 = !fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (after), 6053 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
2547 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col, 6054 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)))
2548 &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row); 6055 {
2549 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window; 6056 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
2550 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id 6057 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
2551 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, 6058
2552 &ignore, pos + 1, 1); 6059 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
2553 6060 overlay = Qnil;
2554 /* Display it as active. */ 6061 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
2555 show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1); 6062 {
2556 } 6063 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
2557 BEGV = obegv; 6064 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
2558 ZV = ozv; 6065 {
2559 current_buffer = obuf; 6066 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6067 break;
6068 }
6069 }
6070
6071 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6072 if (NILP (overlay))
6073 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
6074
6075 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6076 if (! NILP (overlay))
6077 {
6078 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6079 should be active. */
6080 Lisp_Object before, after;
6081 int ignore;
6082
6083 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6084 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6085 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6086 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6087 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6088 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6089 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6090 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
6091 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6092 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6093 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6094 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6095 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6096 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
6097 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6098 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6099 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6100 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6101
6102 /* Display it as active. */
6103 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6104 }
6105 /* Handle the text property case. */
6106 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
6107 {
6108 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6109 should be active. */
6110 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6111 int ignore;
6112
6113 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6114 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6115 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
6116 before
6117 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6118 Qmouse_face,
6119 w->buffer, beginning);
6120 after
6121 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6122 w->buffer, end);
6123 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6124 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6125 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6126 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6127 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6128 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
6129 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6130 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6131 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6132 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6133 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6134 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
6135 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6136 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6137 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6138 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
6139
6140 /* Display it as active. */
6141 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6142 }
6143 }
6144
6145 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6146 {
6147 Lisp_Object help;
6148
6149 /* Check overlays first. */
6150 help = Qnil;
6151 for (i = 0; i < noverlays && !STRINGP (help); ++i)
6152 help = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qhelp_echo);
6153
6154 /* Try text properties. */
6155 if (!STRINGP (help)
6156 && ((STRINGP (glyph->object)
6157 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6158 && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
6159 || (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
6160 && glyph->charpos >= BEGV
6161 && glyph->charpos < ZV)))
6162 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6163 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6164
6165 if (STRINGP (help))
6166 help_echo = help;
2560 } 6167 }
6168
6169 BEGV = obegv;
6170 ZV = ozv;
6171 current_buffer = obuf;
6172 }
2561 } 6173 }
2562} 6174}
6175
6176static void
6177redo_mouse_highlight ()
6178{
6179 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
6180 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
6181 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
6182 last_mouse_motion_event.x,
6183 last_mouse_motion_event.y);
6184}
6185
6186
2563 6187
2564/* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW. 6188/***********************************************************************
2565 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP. 6189 Toolbars
2566 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date. 6190 ***********************************************************************/
2567 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords 6191
2568 of start of first screen line. 6192static int x_toolbar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
2569 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line. 6193 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
6194
6195/* Toolbar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6196 or -1. */
6197
6198static int last_toolbar_item;
6199
2570 6200
2571 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */ 6201/* Get information about the toolbar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6202 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the toolbar item in
6203 the current matrix of the toolbar window of F, or NULL if not
6204 on a toolbar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the toolbar
6205 item in F->current_toolbar_items. Value is
6206
6207 -1 if X/Y is not on a toolbar item
6208 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
6209 1 otherwise. */
2572 6210
2573static int 6211static int
2574fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp) 6212x_toolbar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
2575 Lisp_Object window; 6213 struct frame *f;
2576 int pos; 6214 int x, y;
2577 int *columnp, *rowp; 6215 struct glyph **glyph;
6216 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
6217{
6218 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6219 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window);
6220 int area;
6221
6222 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6223 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area);
6224 if (*glyph == NULL)
6225 return -1;
6226
6227 /* Get the start of this toolbar item's properties in
6228 f->current_toolbar_items. */
6229 if (!toolbar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
6230 return -1;
6231
6232 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
6233 if (EQ (f->toolbar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6234 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6235 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6236 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6237 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6238 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6239 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6240 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
6241 return 0;
6242
6243 return 1;
6244}
6245
6246
6247/* Handle mouse button event on the toolbar of frame F, at
6248 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
6249 or ButtonRelase. */
6250
6251static void
6252x_handle_toolbar_click (f, button_event)
6253 struct frame *f;
6254 XButtonEvent *button_event;
2578{ 6255{
6256 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6257 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window);
6258 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
6259 struct glyph *glyph;
6260 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
6261 int x = button_event->x;
6262 int y = button_event->y;
6263
6264 /* If not on the highlighted toolbar item, return. */
6265 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6266 if (x_toolbar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
6267 return;
6268
6269 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
6270 enabled_p = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
6271 ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P]);
6272 if (NILP (enabled_p))
6273 return;
6274
6275 if (button_event->type == ButtonPress)
6276 {
6277 /* Show item in pressed state. */
6278 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
6279 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
6280 last_toolbar_item = prop_idx;
6281 }
6282 else
6283 {
6284 Lisp_Object key, frame;
6285 struct input_event event;
6286
6287 /* Show item in released state. */
6288 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
6289 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6290
6291 key = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
6292 ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_KEY]);
6293
6294 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6295 event.kind = TOOLBAR_EVENT;
6296 event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qtoolbar, Qnil));
6297 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
6298
6299 event.kind = TOOLBAR_EVENT;
6300 event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, key);
6301 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
6302 button_event->state);
6303 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
6304 last_toolbar_item = -1;
6305 }
6306}
6307
6308
6309/* Possibly highlight a toolbar item on frame F when mouse moves to
6310 toolbar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
6311 note_mouse_highlight. */
6312
6313static void
6314note_toolbar_highlight (f, x, y)
6315 struct frame *f;
6316 int x, y;
6317{
6318 Lisp_Object window = f->toolbar_window;
2579 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); 6319 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
2580 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); 6320 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6321 int hpos, vpos;
6322 struct glyph *glyph;
6323 struct glyph_row *row;
6324 int i, j, area;
6325 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
6326 int prop_idx;
6327 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6328 int on_highlight_p, mouse_down_p, rc;
6329
6330 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
6331 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
6332 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
6333 {
6334 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6335 return;
6336 }
6337
6338 rc = x_toolbar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
6339 if (rc < 0)
6340 {
6341 /* Not on toolbar item. */
6342 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6343 return;
6344 }
6345 else if (rc == 0)
6346 /* On same toolbar item as before. */
6347 goto set_help_echo;
6348
6349 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6350
6351 /* Mouse is down, but on different toolbar item? */
6352 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
6353 && f == last_mouse_frame
6354 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
6355 if (mouse_down_p
6356 && last_toolbar_item != prop_idx)
6357 return;
6358
6359 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
6360 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
6361
6362 /* If toolbar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
6363 enabled_p = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
6364 ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P]);
6365 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
6366 {
6367 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
6368 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
6369 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6370 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
6371 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
6372
6373 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6374 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
6375 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
6376 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
6377 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
6378 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6379
6380 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
6381 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
6382 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
6383 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
6384 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6385 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOLBAR_FACE_ID;
6386
6387 /* Display it as active. */
6388 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
6389 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
6390 }
6391
6392 set_help_echo:
6393
6394 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this toolbar item.
6395 XTread_socket does the rest. */
6396 help_echo = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
6397 ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_HELP]);
6398 if (!STRINGP (help_echo))
6399 help_echo = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
6400 ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_CAPTION]);
6401}
6402
6403
6404
6405/* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
6406 *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
6407 current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start
6408 return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of
6409 last line in W. */
6410
6411static int
6412fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y)
6413 struct window *w;
6414 int pos;
6415 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
6416{
2581 int i; 6417 int i;
2582 int row = 0;
2583 int left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w);
2584 int top = XFASTINT (w->top);
2585 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
2586 int width = window_internal_width (w);
2587 int *charstarts;
2588 int lastcol; 6418 int lastcol;
2589 int maybe_next_line = 0; 6419 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
2590 6420 int line_start_position;
2591 /* Find the right row. */ 6421 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
2592 for (i = 0; 6422 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0);
2593 i < height; 6423 struct glyph_row *best_row = row;
2594 i++) 6424 int row_vpos = 0, best_row_vpos = 0;
6425 int current_x;
6426
6427 while (row->y < yb)
2595 { 6428 {
2596 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left]; 6429 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
2597 if (linestart > pos) 6430 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
6431 else
6432 line_start_position = 0;
6433
6434 if (line_start_position > pos)
2598 break; 6435 break;
2599 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, 6436 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
2600 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ 6437 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
2601 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) 6438 else if (line_start_position == pos
6439 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
2602 { 6440 {
2603 maybe_next_line = 1; 6441 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
2604 break; 6442 break;
2605 } 6443 }
2606 if (linestart > 0) 6444 else if (line_start_position > 0)
2607 row = i; 6445 {
6446 best_row = row;
6447 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
6448 }
6449
6450 ++row;
6451 ++row_vpos;
2608 } 6452 }
2609 6453
2610 /* Find the right column with in it. */ 6454 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
2611 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row]; 6455 lastcol = 0;
2612 lastcol = left; 6456 current_x = best_row->x;
2613 for (i = 0; i < width; i++) 6457 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
2614 { 6458 {
2615 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos) 6459 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
6460 int charpos;
6461
6462 charpos = glyph->charpos;
6463 if (charpos == pos)
2616 { 6464 {
2617 *rowp = row + top; 6465 *hpos = i;
2618 *columnp = i + left; 6466 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
6467 *x = current_x;
6468 *y = best_row->y;
2619 return 1; 6469 return 1;
2620 } 6470 }
2621 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos) 6471 else if (charpos > pos)
2622 break; 6472 break;
2623 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0) 6473 else if (charpos > 0)
2624 lastcol = left + i + 1; 6474 lastcol = i;
6475
6476 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
2625 } 6477 }
2626 6478
2627 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, 6479 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
2628 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, 6480 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
2629 use the start of the following line. */ 6481 use the start of the following line. */
2630 if (maybe_next_line) 6482 if (maybe_next_line_p)
2631 { 6483 {
2632 row++; 6484 ++best_row;
2633 lastcol = left; 6485 ++best_row_vpos;
6486 lastcol = 0;
6487 current_x = best_row->x;
2634 } 6488 }
2635 6489
2636 *rowp = row + top; 6490 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
2637 *columnp = lastcol; 6491 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
6492 *x = current_x;
6493 *y = best_row->y;
2638 return 0; 6494 return 0;
2639} 6495}
2640 6496
6497
2641/* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* 6498/* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
2642 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ 6499 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
2643 6500
2644static void 6501static void
2645show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl) 6502show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
2646 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; 6503 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
2647 int hl; 6504 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
2648{ 6505{
2649 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); 6506 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
2650 int width = window_internal_width (w); 6507 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
2651 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
2652 int i; 6508 int i;
2653 int cursor_off = 0; 6509 int cursor_off_p = 0;
2654 int old_curs_x = curs_x; 6510 struct cursor_pos saved_cursor;
2655 int old_curs_y = curs_y; 6511
2656 6512 saved_cursor = output_cursor;
2657 /* Set these variables temporarily 6513
2658 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again 6514 /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
2659 we will put it back at the same place. */ 6515 to do anything. */
2660 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x; 6516 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
2661 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y; 6517 goto set_x_cursor;
2662 for (i = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row; 6518
2663 i <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++) 6519 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
2664 { 6520 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
2665 int column = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row 6521 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
2666 ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col 6522 goto set_x_cursor;
2667 : WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w)); 6523
2668 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row 6524 set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor);
2669 ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col 6525
2670 : WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) + width); 6526 /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */
2671 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]); 6527 for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row;
2672 6528 i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row;
2673 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, 6529 i++)
2674 turn the cursor off. */ 6530 {
2675 if (i == curs_y 6531 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
2676 && curs_x >= column - 1 6532 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
2677 && curs_x <= endcolumn) 6533
6534 /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */
6535 if (!row->enabled_p)
6536 continue;
6537
6538 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
6539 if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row)
2678 { 6540 {
2679 x_update_cursor (f, 0); 6541 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
2680 cursor_off = 1; 6542 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
6543 }
6544 else
6545 {
6546 start_hpos = 0;
6547 start_x = 0;
2681 } 6548 }
2682 6549
2683 dumpglyphs (f, 6550 if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row)
2684 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), 6551 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
2685 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), 6552 else
2686 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column, 6553 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
2687 endcolumn - column, 6554
2688 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */ 6555 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
2689 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0, NULL); 6556 cursor off. */
6557 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
6558 && i == output_cursor.vpos
6559 && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1
6560 && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos)
6561 {
6562 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
6563 cursor_off_p = 1;
6564 }
6565
6566 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
6567 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, updated_area,
6568 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL);
2690 } 6569 }
2691 6570
2692 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ 6571 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
2693 if (cursor_off) 6572 if (cursor_off_p)
2694 x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, curs_y); 6573 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
6574 output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos,
6575 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
2695 6576
2696 curs_x = old_curs_x; 6577 output_cursor = saved_cursor;
2697 curs_y = old_curs_y;
2698 6578
2699 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */ 6579 set_x_cursor:
2700 if (hl > 0) 6580
6581 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
6582 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
6583 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
6584 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
6585 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
2701 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 6586 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
2702 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor); 6587 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
2703 else 6588 else
2704 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 6589 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
2705 f->output_data.x->text_cursor); 6590 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
2706} 6591}
2707 6592
2708/* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. 6593/* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
2709 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */ 6594 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
2710 6595
2711static void 6596void
2712clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) 6597clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
2713 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; 6598 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
2714{ 6599{
6600 if (tip_frame)
6601 return;
6602
2715 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) 6603 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
2716 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0); 6604 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
2717 6605
2718 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; 6606 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
2719 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; 6607 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
@@ -2754,7 +6642,7 @@ static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
2754 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell 6642 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
2755 the mouse is over. 6643 the mouse is over.
2756 6644
2757 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse 6645 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
2758 was at this position. 6646 was at this position.
2759 6647
2760 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. 6648 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
@@ -2820,7 +6708,7 @@ XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
2820 { 6708 {
2821 Window win, child; 6709 Window win, child;
2822 int win_x, win_y; 6710 int win_x, win_y;
2823 int parent_x, parent_y; 6711 int parent_x = 0, parent_y = 0;
2824 int count; 6712 int count;
2825 6713
2826 win = root; 6714 win = root;
@@ -2909,14 +6797,40 @@ XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
2909 6797
2910 if (f1) 6798 if (f1)
2911 { 6799 {
6800 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
6801 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
6802 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
6803 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
6804 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
6805 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
6806 the frame are divided into. */
6807
6808#if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
2912 int ignore1, ignore2; 6809 int ignore1, ignore2;
2913
2914 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
2915
2916 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2, 6810 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
2917 &last_mouse_glyph, 6811 &last_mouse_glyph,
2918 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed 6812 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
2919 || insist); 6813 || insist);
6814#else
6815 {
6816 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
6817 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
6818 int x = win_x;
6819 int y = win_y;
6820
6821 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
6822 round down even for negative values. */
6823 if (x < 0)
6824 x -= width - 1;
6825 if (y < 0)
6826 y -= height - 1;
6827
6828 last_mouse_glyph.width = width;
6829 last_mouse_glyph.height = height;
6830 last_mouse_glyph.x = (x + width - 1) / width * width;
6831 last_mouse_glyph.y = (y + height - 1) / height * height;
6832 }
6833#endif
2920 6834
2921 *bar_window = Qnil; 6835 *bar_window = Qnil;
2922 *part = 0; 6836 *part = 0;
@@ -2930,6 +6844,24 @@ XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
2930 6844
2931 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 6845 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
2932} 6846}
6847
6848
6849DEFUN ("xt-process-timeouts", Fxt_process_timeouts, Sxt_process_timeouts,
6850 0, 0, 0,
6851 "Arrange for Xt timeout callbacks to be called.")
6852 ()
6853{
6854#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6855 BLOCK_INPUT;
6856 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con) & XtIMTimer)
6857 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con, XtIMTimer);
6858 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6859#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6860
6861 return Qnil;
6862}
6863
6864
2933 6865
2934/* Scroll bar support. */ 6866/* Scroll bar support. */
2935 6867
@@ -2940,7 +6872,7 @@ static struct scroll_bar *
2940x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) 6872x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
2941 Window window_id; 6873 Window window_id;
2942{ 6874{
2943 Lisp_Object tail, frame; 6875 Lisp_Object tail;
2944 6876
2945 for (tail = Vframe_list; 6877 for (tail = Vframe_list;
2946 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; 6878 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
@@ -2970,23 +6902,620 @@ x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
2970 return 0; 6902 return 0;
2971} 6903}
2972 6904
2973/* Open a new X window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the 6905
2974 scroll bar vector for it. */ 6906
6907/************************************************************************
6908 Toolkit scroll bars
6909 ************************************************************************/
6910
6911#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6912
6913static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event P_ ((XEvent *, struct input_event *));
6914static void x_send_scroll_bar_event P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int));
6915static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar P_ ((struct frame *,
6916 struct scroll_bar *));
6917static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *,
6918 int, int, int));
6919
6920
6921/* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
6922
6923static XtActionHookId action_hook_id;
6924
6925/* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
6926 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
6927
6928static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled;
6929
6930/* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
6931
6932static int last_scroll_bar_part;
6933
6934
6935/* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
6936 bars are used.. The hoos is responsible for detecting when
6937 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
6938 a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so. */
6939
6940static void
6941xt_action_hook (widget, client_data, action_name, event, params,
6942 num_params)
6943 Widget widget;
6944 XtPointer client_data;
6945 String action_name;
6946 XEvent *event;
6947 String *params;
6948 Cardinal *num_params;
6949{
6950 int scroll_bar_p;
6951 char *end_action;
6952
6953#ifdef USE_MOTIF
6954 scroll_bar_p = XmIsScrollBar (widget);
6955 end_action = "Release";
6956#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
6957 scroll_bar_p = XtIsSubclass (widget, scrollbarWidgetClass);
6958 end_action = "EndScroll";
6959#else
6960#error unknown scroll bar toolkit
6961#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */
6962
6963 /* Although LessTif uses XtTimeouts like Xaw3d, the timer hack to
6964 let Xt timeouts be processed doesn't work. */
6965 if (scroll_bar_p
6966 && strcmp (action_name, end_action) == 0
6967 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled))
6968 {
6969 struct window *w;
6970
6971 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled,
6972 scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0);
6973 w = XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled);
6974 XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging = Qnil;
6975 window_being_scrolled = Qnil;
6976 last_scroll_bar_part = -1;
6977 }
6978}
6979
6980
6981/* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
6982 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
6983 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
6984 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
6985
6986static void
6987x_send_scroll_bar_event (window, part, portion, whole)
6988 Lisp_Object window;
6989 int part, portion, whole;
6990{
6991 XEvent event;
6992 XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event;
6993 struct frame *f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame);
6994
6995 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
6996 ev->type = ClientMessage;
6997 ev->message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_Scrollbar;
6998 ev->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
6999 ev->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
7000 ev->format = 32;
7001 ev->data.l[0] = (long) window;
7002 ev->data.l[1] = (long) part;
7003 ev->data.l[2] = (long) 0;
7004 ev->data.l[3] = (long) portion;
7005 ev->data.l[4] = (long) whole;
7006
7007 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
7008 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
7009 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
7010 BLOCK_INPUT;
7011 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), False, 0, &event);
7012 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7013}
7014
7015
7016/* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
7017 in *IEVENT. */
7018
7019static void
7020x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event, ievent)
7021 XEvent *event;
7022 struct input_event *ievent;
7023{
7024 XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) event;
7025 Lisp_Object window = (Lisp_Object) ev->data.l[0];
7026 struct frame *f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame);
7027
7028 ievent->kind = scroll_bar_click;
7029 ievent->frame_or_window = window;
7030 ievent->timestamp = XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
7031 ievent->part = ev->data.l[1];
7032 ievent->code = ev->data.l[2];
7033 ievent->x = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[3]);
7034 ievent->y = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[4]);
7035 ievent->modifiers = 0;
7036}
7037
7038
7039#ifdef USE_MOTIF
7040
7041/* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
7042
7043#define XM_SB_MIN 1
7044#define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
7045#define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN)
7046
7047
7048/* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
7049 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
7050 CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
7051
7052static void
7053xm_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
7054 Widget widget;
7055 XtPointer client_data, call_data;
7056{
7057 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
7058 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *cs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *) call_data;
7059 double percent;
7060 int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0;
7061
7062 switch (cs->reason)
7063 {
7064 case XmCR_DECREMENT:
7065 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7066 part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
7067 break;
7068
7069 case XmCR_INCREMENT:
7070 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7071 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
7072 break;
7073
7074 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT:
7075 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7076 part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
7077 break;
7078
7079 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT:
7080 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7081 part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
7082 break;
7083
7084 case XmCR_TO_TOP:
7085 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7086 part = scroll_bar_to_top;
7087 break;
7088
7089 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM:
7090 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7091 part = scroll_bar_to_bottom;
7092 break;
7093
7094 case XmCR_DRAG:
7095 {
7096 int slider_size;
7097 int dragging_down_p = (INTEGERP (bar->dragging)
7098 && XINT (bar->dragging) <= cs->value);
7099
7100 /* Get the slider size. */
7101 BLOCK_INPUT;
7102 XtVaGetValues (widget, XmNsliderSize, &slider_size, NULL);
7103 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7104
7105 /* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise
7106 movement. Without doing anything, the LessTif scroll bar
7107 calls us with the same cs->value again and again. If we
7108 want to make sure that we can reach the end of the buffer,
7109 we have to do something.
7110
7111 Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to
7112 cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position.
7113 Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives
7114 a better slider behavior. */
7115
7116 if (cs->value + slider_size == XM_SB_MAX
7117 || (dragging_down_p
7118 && last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow))
7119 {
7120 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
7121 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7122 }
7123 else
7124 {
7125 whole = XM_SB_RANGE;
7126 portion = min (cs->value - XM_SB_MIN, XM_SB_MAX - slider_size);
7127 part = scroll_bar_handle;
7128 bar->dragging = make_number (cs->value);
7129 }
7130 }
7131 break;
7132
7133 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED:
7134 break;
7135 };
7136
7137 if (part >= 0)
7138 {
7139 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
7140 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
7141 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
7142 }
7143}
7144
7145
7146#else /* not USE_MOTIF, i.e. XAW3D. */
7147
7148
7149/* Xaw3d scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
7150 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
7151 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
7152 the thumb is. */
7153
7154static void
7155xaw3d_jump_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
7156 Widget widget;
7157 XtPointer client_data, call_data;
7158{
7159 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
7160 float top = *(float *) call_data;
7161 float shown;
7162 int whole, portion;
7163 int dragging_down_p, part;
7164 double epsilon = 0.01;
7165
7166 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
7167 BLOCK_INPUT;
7168 XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNshown, &shown, NULL);
7169 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7170
7171 whole = 10000000;
7172 portion = shown < 1 ? top * whole : 0;
7173 dragging_down_p = (INTEGERP (bar->dragging)
7174 && XINT (bar->dragging) < portion);
7175
7176 if (shown < 1
7177 && (abs (top + shown - 1) < epsilon
7178 || (dragging_down_p
7179 && last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)))
7180 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
7181 else
7182 part = scroll_bar_handle;
7183
7184 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
7185 bar->dragging = make_number (portion);
7186 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
7187 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
7188}
7189
7190
7191/* Xaw3d scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
7192 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw3d scroll bar
7193 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
7194 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
7195 has taken place. It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
7196 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
7197 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
7198
7199static void
7200xaw3d_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
7201 Widget widget;
7202 XtPointer client_data, call_data;
7203{
7204 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
7205 int position = (int) call_data;
7206 Dimension height;
7207 int part;
7208
7209 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
7210 BLOCK_INPUT;
7211 XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL);
7212 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7213
7214 if (position < 0)
7215 {
7216 if (abs (position) < height)
7217 part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
7218 else
7219 part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
7220 }
7221 else
7222 {
7223 if (abs (position) < height)
7224 part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
7225 else
7226 part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
7227 }
7228
7229 window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
7230 bar->dragging = Qnil;
7231 last_scroll_bar_part = part;
7232 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, 0, 0);
7233}
7234
7235
7236#endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
7237
7238
7239/* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
7240 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
7241
7242static void
7243x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar)
7244 struct frame *f;
7245 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7246{
7247 Window xwindow;
7248 Widget widget;
7249 Arg av[20];
7250 int ac = 0;
7251 char *scroll_bar_name = "verticalScrollBar";
7252 unsigned long pixel;
7253
7254 BLOCK_INPUT;
7255
7256#ifdef USE_MOTIF
7257 /* LessTif 0.85, problems:
7258
7259 1. When the mouse if over the scroll bar, the scroll bar will
7260 get keyboard events. I didn't find a way to turn this off.
7261
7262 2. Do we have to explicitly set the cursor to get an arrow
7263 cursor (see below)? */
7264
7265 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
7266 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac;
7267 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNminimum, XM_SB_MIN); ++ac;
7268 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNmaximum, XM_SB_MAX); ++ac;
7269 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNorientation, XmVERTICAL); ++ac;
7270 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNprocessingDirection, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM), ++ac;
7271 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNincrement, 1); ++ac;
7272 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNpageIncrement, 1); ++ac;
7273
7274 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel;
7275 if (pixel != -1)
7276 {
7277 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNforeground, pixel);
7278 ++ac;
7279 }
7280
7281 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
7282 if (pixel != -1)
7283 {
7284 XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNbackground, pixel);
7285 ++ac;
7286 }
7287
7288 widget = XmCreateScrollBar (f->output_data.x->edit_widget,
7289 scroll_bar_name, av, ac);
7290
7291 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
7292 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7293 (XtPointer) bar);
7294 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdragCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7295 (XtPointer) bar);
7296 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNincrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7297 (XtPointer) bar);
7298 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageDecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7299 (XtPointer) bar);
7300 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageIncrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7301 (XtPointer) bar);
7302 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoBottomCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7303 (XtPointer) bar);
7304 XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoTopCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
7305 (XtPointer) bar);
7306
7307 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
7308 XtRealizeWidget (widget);
7309
7310 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
7311 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
7312 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget), XtWindow (widget),
7313 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
7314
7315#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
7316
7317 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
7318 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
7319 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
7320 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
7321 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac;
7322 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNorientation, XtorientVertical); ++ac;
7323 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNcursorName, "left_ptr"); ++ac;
7324 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); ++ac;
7325
7326 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel;
7327 if (pixel != -1)
7328 {
7329 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNforeground, pixel);
7330 ++ac;
7331 }
7332
7333 pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
7334 if (pixel != -1)
7335 {
7336 XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbackground, pixel);
7337 ++ac;
7338 }
7339
7340 widget = XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name, scrollbarWidgetClass,
7341 f->output_data.x->edit_widget, av, ac);
7342
7343 /* Define callbacks. */
7344 XtAddCallback (widget, XtNjumpProc, xaw3d_jump_callback, (XtPointer) bar);
7345 XtAddCallback (widget, XtNscrollProc, xaw3d_scroll_callback,
7346 (XtPointer) bar);
7347
7348 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
7349 XtRealizeWidget (widget);
7350
7351#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */
7352
7353 /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user
7354 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
7355 if (action_hook_id == 0)
7356 action_hook_id = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con, xt_action_hook, 0);
7357
7358 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
7359 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar, widget);
7360 xwindow = XtWindow (widget);
7361 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, xwindow);
7362
7363 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7364}
7365
7366
7367/* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7368 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7369
7370static void
7371x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7372 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7373 int portion, position, whole;
7374{
7375 float top, shown;
7376 Arg av[2];
7377 Widget widget = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar);
7378
7379 if (whole == 0)
7380 top = 0, shown = 1;
7381 else
7382 {
7383 top = (float) position / whole;
7384 shown = (float) portion / whole;
7385 }
7386
7387 BLOCK_INPUT;
7388
7389#ifdef USE_MOTIF
7390 {
7391 int size, value;
7392 Boolean arrow1_selected, arrow2_selected;
7393 unsigned char flags;
7394 XmScrollBarWidget sb;
7395
7396 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where NAX
7397 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
7398 value. */
7399 size = shown * XM_SB_RANGE;
7400 size = min (size, XM_SB_RANGE);
7401 size = max (size, 1);
7402
7403 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
7404 value = top * XM_SB_RANGE;
7405 value = min (value, XM_SB_MAX - size);
7406 value = max (value, XM_SB_MIN);
7407
7408 /* LessTif: Calling XmScrollBarSetValues after an increment or
7409 decrement turns off auto-repeat LessTif-internally. This can
7410 be seen in ScrollBar.c which resets Arrow1Selected and
7411 Arrow2Selected. It also sets internal flags so that LessTif
7412 believes the mouse is in the slider. We either have to change
7413 our code, or work around that by accessing private data. */
7414
7415 sb = (XmScrollBarWidget) widget;
7416 arrow1_selected = sb->scrollBar.arrow1_selected;
7417 arrow2_selected = sb->scrollBar.arrow2_selected;
7418 flags = sb->scrollBar.flags;
7419
7420 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
7421 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, size, 0, 0, False);
7422 else if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)
7423 /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is
7424 not would it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or
7425 page-wise movement. */
7426 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, XM_SB_RANGE - value, 0, 0, False);
7427 else
7428 {
7429 /* If currently dragging, only update the slider size.
7430 This reduces flicker effects. */
7431 int old_value, old_size, increment, page_increment;
7432
7433 XmScrollBarGetValues (widget, &old_value, &old_size,
7434 &increment, &page_increment);
7435 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, old_value,
7436 min (size, XM_SB_RANGE - old_value),
7437 0, 0, False);
7438 }
7439
7440 sb->scrollBar.arrow1_selected = arrow1_selected;
7441 sb->scrollBar.arrow2_selected = arrow2_selected;
7442 sb->scrollBar.flags = flags;
7443 }
7444#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
7445 {
7446 /* Restrict to [0 1]. */
7447 top = max (0, min (1, top));
7448 shown = max (0, min (1, shown));
7449
7450 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
7451 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
7452 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
7453 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
7454 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown);
7455 else
7456 {
7457 ScrollbarWidget sb = (ScrollbarWidget) widget;
7458 int scroll_mode = sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode;
7459
7460 sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 0;
7461
7462 if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)
7463 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, 1 - top);
7464 else
7465 {
7466 float old_top;
7467 XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNtopOfThumb, &old_top, NULL);
7468 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, old_top, min (shown, 1 - old_top));
7469 }
7470
7471 sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = scroll_mode;
7472 }
7473 }
7474#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */
7475
7476 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7477}
7478
7479#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7480
7481
7482
7483/************************************************************************
7484 Scroll bars, general
7485 ************************************************************************/
7486
7487/* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7488 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7489 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7490 scroll bar. */
7491
2975static struct scroll_bar * 7492static struct scroll_bar *
2976x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height) 7493x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
2977 struct window *window; 7494 struct window *w;
2978 int top, left, width, height; 7495 int top, left, width, height;
2979{ 7496{
2980 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); 7497 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7498#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7499 Arg av[10];
7500#endif
7501 int ac = 0;
7502 Window window;
2981 struct scroll_bar *bar 7503 struct scroll_bar *bar
2982 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); 7504 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
2983 7505
2984 BLOCK_INPUT; 7506 BLOCK_INPUT;
2985 7507
7508#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7509 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar);
7510#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
2986 { 7511 {
2987 XSetWindowAttributes a; 7512 XSetWindowAttributes a;
2988 unsigned long mask; 7513 unsigned long mask;
2989 a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel; 7514
7515 a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
7516 if (a.background_pixel == -1)
7517 a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel;
7518
2990 a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask 7519 a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask
2991 | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask 7520 | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask
2992 | ExposureMask); 7521 | ExposureMask);
@@ -2994,36 +7523,31 @@ x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
2994 7523
2995 mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); 7524 mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor);
2996 7525
2997#if 0 7526 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
2998 7527 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
2999 ac = 0; 7528 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
3000 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNx, left); ac++; 7529 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
3001 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNy, top); ac++; 7530 left, top, width,
3002 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, width); ac++; 7531 window_box_height (w), False);
3003 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, height); ac++; 7532
3004 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNborderWidth, 0); ac++; 7533 window = XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
3005 sb_widget = XtCreateManagedWidget ("box", 7534 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
3006 boxWidgetClass, 7535 left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
3007 f->output_data.x->edit_widget, al, ac); 7536 top,
3008 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW 7537 width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
3009 (bar, sb_widget->core.window); 7538 height,
3010#endif 7539 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
3011 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW 7540 0,
3012 (bar, 7541 CopyFromParent,
3013 XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 7542 CopyFromParent,
3014 7543 CopyFromParent,
3015 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ 7544 /* Attributes. */
3016 left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top, 7545 mask, &a);
3017 width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, height, 7546 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, window);
3018
3019 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
3020 0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent,
3021
3022 /* Attributes. */
3023 mask, &a));
3024 } 7547 }
7548#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3025 7549
3026 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window); 7550 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
3027 XSETINT (bar->top, top); 7551 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
3028 XSETINT (bar->left, left); 7552 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
3029 XSETINT (bar->width, width); 7553 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
@@ -3036,33 +7560,46 @@ x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
3036 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); 7560 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
3037 bar->prev = Qnil; 7561 bar->prev = Qnil;
3038 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); 7562 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
3039 if (! NILP (bar->next)) 7563 if (!NILP (bar->next))
3040 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); 7564 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
3041 7565
7566 /* Map the window/widget. */
7567#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7568 XtMapWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar));
7569 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar),
7570 left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
7571 top,
7572 width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
7573 height, 0);
7574#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3042 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); 7575 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
7576#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3043 7577
3044 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 7578 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3045
3046 return bar; 7579 return bar;
3047} 7580}
3048 7581
7582
3049/* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. 7583/* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
7584
3050 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother 7585 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
3051 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always 7586 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
3052 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose 7587 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
3053 events.) 7588 events.)
3054 7589
3055 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to 7590 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
3056 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar 7591 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
3057 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the 7592 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
3058 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to 7593 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
3059 move to the very end of the buffer. */ 7594 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
7595
3060static void 7596static void
3061x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) 7597x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
3062 struct scroll_bar *bar; 7598 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3063 int start, end; 7599 int start, end;
3064 int rebuild; 7600 int rebuild;
3065{ 7601{
7602#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3066 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); 7603 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
3067 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); 7604 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
3068 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); 7605 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
@@ -3122,6 +7659,11 @@ x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
3122 inside_width, start, 7659 inside_width, start,
3123 False); 7660 False);
3124 7661
7662 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
7663 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
7664 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
7665 f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel);
7666
3125 /* Draw the handle itself. */ 7667 /* Draw the handle itself. */
3126 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, 7668 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,
3127 7669
@@ -3130,6 +7672,10 @@ x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
3130 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, 7672 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start,
3131 inside_width, end - start); 7673 inside_width, end - start);
3132 7674
7675 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
7676 if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
7677 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
7678 f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
3133 7679
3134 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't 7680 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
3135 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ 7681 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
@@ -3145,50 +7691,13 @@ x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
3145 } 7691 }
3146 7692
3147 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 7693 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7694#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3148} 7695}
3149 7696
3150/* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
3151 window configurations. */
3152static void
3153x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
3154 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3155 int top, left, width, height;
3156{
3157 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
3158 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
3159 7697
3160 BLOCK_INPUT; 7698/* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
7699 nil. */
3161 7700
3162 {
3163 XWindowChanges wc;
3164 unsigned int mask = 0;
3165
3166 wc.x = left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
3167 wc.y = top;
3168
3169 wc.width = width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2;
3170 wc.height = height;
3171
3172 if (left != XINT (bar->left)) mask |= CWX;
3173 if (top != XINT (bar->top)) mask |= CWY;
3174 if (width != XINT (bar->width)) mask |= CWWidth;
3175 if (height != XINT (bar->height)) mask |= CWHeight;
3176
3177 if (mask)
3178 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
3179 mask, &wc);
3180 }
3181
3182 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
3183 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
3184 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
3185 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
3186
3187 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3188}
3189
3190/* Destroy the X window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
3191 to nil. */
3192static void 7701static void
3193x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) 7702x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
3194 struct scroll_bar *bar; 7703 struct scroll_bar *bar;
@@ -3197,52 +7706,171 @@ x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
3197 7706
3198 BLOCK_INPUT; 7707 BLOCK_INPUT;
3199 7708
3200 /* Destroy the window. */ 7709#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7710 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar));
7711#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3201 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); 7712 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
3202 7713#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7714
3203 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ 7715 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
3204 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; 7716 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3205 7717
3206 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 7718 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3207} 7719}
3208 7720
7721
3209/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate 7722/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
3210 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE 7723 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
3211 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, 7724 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
3212 create one. */ 7725 create one. */
7726
3213static void 7727static void
3214XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position) 7728XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
3215 struct window *window; 7729 struct window *w;
3216 int portion, whole, position; 7730 int portion, whole, position;
3217{ 7731{
3218 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); 7732 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
3219 int top = XINT (window->top);
3220 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
3221 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
3222
3223 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
3224 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
3225 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
3226 int pixel_width
3227 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
3228 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
3229 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
3230 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
3231
3232 struct scroll_bar *bar; 7733 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7734 int pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height;
7735 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
7736 int scroll_bar_area_width;
7737
7738 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
7739
7740 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixel-wise? */
7741 pixel_top = window_y;
7742 pixel_height = window_height;
7743
7744 /* The width of the scroll bar itself. */
7745 pixel_width = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
7746 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
7747 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
7748 * FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f))));
7749
7750 /* The width on the screen reserved for the scroll bar plus maybe
7751 some empty room at both sides of the scroll bar. */
7752 scroll_bar_area_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7753
7754 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
7755 pixel_left = (window_x
7756 + window_width
7757 + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
7758 + scroll_bar_area_width
7759 - pixel_width + 1);
7760 else
7761 pixel_left = (window_x
7762 - FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
7763 - scroll_bar_area_width);
3233 7764
3234 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ 7765 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
3235 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) 7766 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
3236 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window, 7767 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width,
3237 pixel_top, pixel_left, 7768 pixel_height);
3238 pixel_width, pixel_height);
3239 else 7769 else
3240 { 7770 {
3241 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ 7771 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
3242 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); 7772 unsigned int mask = 0;
3243 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height); 7773
7774 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
7775
7776 BLOCK_INPUT;
7777
7778 if (pixel_left != XINT (bar->left))
7779 mask |= CWX;
7780 if (pixel_top != XINT (bar->top))
7781 mask |= CWY;
7782 if (pixel_width != XINT (bar->width))
7783 mask |= CWWidth;
7784 if (pixel_height != XINT (bar->height))
7785 mask |= CWHeight;
7786
7787#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7788
7789 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
7790 {
7791 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7792 pixel_left + pixel_width - scroll_bar_area_width,
7793 pixel_top,
7794 (scroll_bar_area_width
7795 - pixel_width
7796 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
7797 pixel_height, False);
7798 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7799 (pixel_left
7800 + pixel_width
7801 - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
7802 pixel_top,
7803 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
7804 pixel_height, False);
7805 }
7806 else
7807 {
7808 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7809 pixel_left, pixel_top,
7810 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, pixel_height, False);
7811 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7812 (pixel_left
7813 + pixel_width
7814 - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
7815 pixel_top,
7816 (scroll_bar_area_width
7817 - pixel_width
7818 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
7819 pixel_height, False);
7820 }
7821
7822 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
7823 if (mask)
7824 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar),
7825 pixel_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
7826 pixel_top,
7827 pixel_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
7828 pixel_height, 0);
7829
7830#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7831
7832 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar. This makes sure a
7833 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
7834 example. Non-toolkit scroll bars are as wide as the area
7835 reserved for scroll bars - trim at both sides. */
7836 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7837 pixel_left, pixel_top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
7838 pixel_height, False);
7839 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7840 (pixel_left
7841 + pixel_width
7842 - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
7843 pixel_top,
7844 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
7845 pixel_height, False);
7846
7847 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
7848 if (mask)
7849 {
7850 XWindowChanges wc;
7851
7852 wc.x = pixel_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
7853 wc.y = pixel_top;
7854 wc.width = pixel_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2;
7855 wc.height = pixel_height;
7856 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
7857 mask, &wc);
7858 }
7859
7860#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7861
7862 /* Remember new settings. */
7863 XSETINT (bar->left, pixel_left);
7864 XSETINT (bar->top, pixel_top);
7865 XSETINT (bar->width, pixel_width);
7866 XSETINT (bar->height, pixel_height);
7867
7868 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3244 } 7869 }
3245 7870
7871#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7872 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
7873#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3246 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being 7874 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
3247 dragged. */ 7875 dragged. */
3248 if (NILP (bar->dragging)) 7876 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
@@ -3255,12 +7883,12 @@ XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
3255 { 7883 {
3256 int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; 7884 int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
3257 int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; 7885 int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;
3258
3259 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); 7886 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
3260 } 7887 }
3261 } 7888 }
7889#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3262 7890
3263 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); 7891 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
3264} 7892}
3265 7893
3266 7894
@@ -3274,7 +7902,8 @@ XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
3274 7902
3275/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call 7903/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
3276 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if 7904 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
3277 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */ 7905 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
7906
3278static void 7907static void
3279XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) 7908XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
3280 FRAME_PTR frame; 7909 FRAME_PTR frame;
@@ -3293,7 +7922,7 @@ XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
3293 } 7922 }
3294} 7923}
3295 7924
3296/* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. 7925/* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
3297 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ 7926 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
3298static void 7927static void
3299XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) 7928XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
@@ -3342,6 +7971,7 @@ XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
3342 7971
3343/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the 7972/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
3344 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ 7973 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
7974
3345static void 7975static void
3346XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) 7976XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
3347 FRAME_PTR f; 7977 FRAME_PTR f;
@@ -3369,15 +7999,19 @@ XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
3369} 7999}
3370 8000
3371 8001
3372/* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. 8002/* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
8003 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
3373 8004
3374 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC 8005 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
3375 mark bits. */ 8006 mark bits. */
8007
3376static void 8008static void
3377x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) 8009x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
3378 struct scroll_bar *bar; 8010 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3379 XEvent *event; 8011 XEvent *event;
3380{ 8012{
8013#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8014
3381 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); 8015 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
3382 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); 8016 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
3383 GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; 8017 GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
@@ -3387,7 +8021,7 @@ x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
3387 8021
3388 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); 8022 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1);
3389 8023
3390 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ 8024 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
3391 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, 8025 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,
3392 8026
3393 /* x, y, width, height */ 8027 /* x, y, width, height */
@@ -3396,6 +8030,8 @@ x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
3396 XINT (bar->height) - 1); 8030 XINT (bar->height) - 1);
3397 8031
3398 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 8032 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8033
8034#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3399} 8035}
3400 8036
3401/* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind 8037/* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
@@ -3403,6 +8039,7 @@ x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
3403 8039
3404 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC 8040 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
3405 mark bits. */ 8041 mark bits. */
8042
3406static void 8043static void
3407x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) 8044x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
3408 struct scroll_bar *bar; 8045 struct scroll_bar *bar;
@@ -3424,9 +8061,11 @@ x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
3424 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; 8061 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
3425 emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; 8062 emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time;
3426 { 8063 {
8064#if 0
3427 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); 8065 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
3428 int internal_height 8066 int internal_height
3429 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); 8067 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
8068#endif
3430 int top_range 8069 int top_range
3431 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); 8070 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
3432 int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; 8071 int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;
@@ -3483,6 +8122,7 @@ x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
3483 8122
3484 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC 8123 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
3485 mark bits. */ 8124 mark bits. */
8125
3486static void 8126static void
3487x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) 8127x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event)
3488 struct scroll_bar *bar; 8128 struct scroll_bar *bar;
@@ -3512,6 +8152,7 @@ x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event)
3512 8152
3513/* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse 8153/* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
3514 on the scroll bar. */ 8154 on the scroll bar. */
8155
3515static void 8156static void
3516x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) 8157x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
3517 FRAME_PTR *fp; 8158 FRAME_PTR *fp;
@@ -3546,8 +8187,10 @@ x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
3546 ; 8187 ;
3547 else 8188 else
3548 { 8189 {
8190#if 0
3549 int inside_height 8191 int inside_height
3550 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); 8192 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
8193#endif
3551 int top_range 8194 int top_range
3552 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); 8195 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
3553 8196
@@ -3595,6 +8238,7 @@ void
3595x_scroll_bar_clear (f) 8238x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
3596 FRAME_PTR f; 8239 FRAME_PTR f;
3597{ 8240{
8241#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3598 Lisp_Object bar; 8242 Lisp_Object bar;
3599 8243
3600 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, 8244 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
@@ -3605,18 +8249,20 @@ x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
3605 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) 8249 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
3606 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), 8250 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)),
3607 0, 0, 0, 0, True); 8251 0, 0, 0, 0, True);
8252#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3608} 8253}
3609 8254
3610/* This processes Expose events from the menubar specific X event 8255/* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event
3611 loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary 8256 loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
3612 when handling menubar or popup items. */ 8257 when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */
3613 8258
3614void 8259int
3615process_expose_from_menu (event) 8260process_expose_from_menu (event)
3616 XEvent event; 8261 XEvent event;
3617{ 8262{
3618 FRAME_PTR f; 8263 FRAME_PTR f;
3619 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; 8264 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
8265 int frame_exposed_p = 0;
3620 8266
3621 BLOCK_INPUT; 8267 BLOCK_INPUT;
3622 8268
@@ -3633,9 +8279,10 @@ process_expose_from_menu (event)
3633 } 8279 }
3634 else 8280 else
3635 { 8281 {
3636 dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window), 8282 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window),
3637 event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, 8283 event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
3638 event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); 8284 event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
8285 frame_exposed_p = 1;
3639 } 8286 }
3640 } 8287 }
3641 else 8288 else
@@ -3648,6 +8295,7 @@ process_expose_from_menu (event)
3648 } 8295 }
3649 8296
3650 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 8297 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8298 return frame_exposed_p;
3651} 8299}
3652 8300
3653/* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ 8301/* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
@@ -3661,6 +8309,7 @@ struct selection_event_queue
3661static struct selection_event_queue *queue; 8309static struct selection_event_queue *queue;
3662 8310
3663/* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ 8311/* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
8312
3664static int x_queue_selection_requests; 8313static int x_queue_selection_requests;
3665 8314
3666/* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ 8315/* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
@@ -3671,7 +8320,7 @@ x_queue_event (f, event)
3671 XEvent *event; 8320 XEvent *event;
3672{ 8321{
3673 struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp 8322 struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp
3674 = (struct selection_event_queue *) malloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); 8323 = (struct selection_event_queue *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue));
3675 8324
3676 if (queue_tmp != NULL) 8325 if (queue_tmp != NULL)
3677 { 8326 {
@@ -3693,7 +8342,7 @@ x_unqueue_events (display)
3693 struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; 8342 struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue;
3694 XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event); 8343 XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event);
3695 queue = queue_tmp->next; 8344 queue = queue_tmp->next;
3696 free ((char *)queue_tmp); 8345 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp);
3697 } 8346 }
3698} 8347}
3699 8348
@@ -3718,9 +8367,10 @@ x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display)
3718 8367
3719/* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ 8368/* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
3720 8369
3721/* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, 8370/* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
3722 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions 8371 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
3723 sometimes don't work. */ 8372 sometimes don't work. */
8373
3724static Time enter_timestamp; 8374static Time enter_timestamp;
3725 8375
3726/* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys 8376/* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
@@ -3729,39 +8379,48 @@ static Time enter_timestamp;
3729 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. 8379 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
3730 8380
3731 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons 8381 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
3732 given for enter_timestamp, above. */ 8382 given for enter_time stamp, above. */
8383
3733static XComposeStatus compose_status; 8384static XComposeStatus compose_status;
3734 8385
3735/* Record the last 100 characters stored 8386/* Record the last 100 characters stored
3736 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ 8387 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8388
3737static int temp_index; 8389static int temp_index;
3738static short temp_buffer[100]; 8390static short temp_buffer[100];
3739 8391
3740/* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error" 8392/* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
3741 on a particular display. */ 8393 on a particular display. */
8394
3742struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error; 8395struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error;
3743 8396
3744/* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command 8397/* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
3745 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it. 8398 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
3746 We try all the open displays, one by one. 8399 We try all the open displays, one by one.
3747 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */ 8400 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
8401
3748static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo; 8402static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo;
3749 8403
3750#define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) { \ 8404#define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
3751 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \ 8405 do \
3752 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = (XEvent*)xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \ 8406 { \
3753 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \ 8407 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
3754 if (numchars >= 1) \ 8408 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
3755 { \ 8409 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
3756 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \ 8410 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
3757 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \ 8411 if (numchars >= 1) \
3758 bufp++; \ 8412 { \
3759 count++; \ 8413 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \
3760 numchars--; \ 8414 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
3761 } \ 8415 bufp++; \
3762 } 8416 count++; \
8417 numchars--; \
8418 } \
8419 } \
8420 while (0)
8421
3763#define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent)) 8422#define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
3764#define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent)) 8423#define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
3765 8424
3766/* Read events coming from the X server. 8425/* Read events coming from the X server.
3767 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. 8426 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
@@ -3783,13 +8442,9 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3783{ 8442{
3784 int count = 0; 8443 int count = 0;
3785 int nbytes = 0; 8444 int nbytes = 0;
3786 int mask;
3787 int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
3788 XEvent event; 8445 XEvent event;
3789 struct frame *f; 8446 struct frame *f;
3790 int event_found = 0; 8447 int event_found = 0;
3791 int prefix;
3792 Lisp_Object part;
3793 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; 8448 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3794#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N 8449#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
3795 Status status_return; 8450 Status status_return;
@@ -3808,7 +8463,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3808 input_signal_count++; 8463 input_signal_count++;
3809 8464
3810 if (numchars <= 0) 8465 if (numchars <= 0)
3811 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ 8466 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
3812 8467
3813 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for. 8468 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
3814 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */ 8469 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
@@ -3819,7 +8474,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3819 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket 8474 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
3820 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, 8475 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
3821 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK, 8476 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
3822 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ 8477 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
3823 fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0); 8478 fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0);
3824#endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ 8479#endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
3825#endif 8480#endif
@@ -3848,14 +8503,25 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3848 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display); 8503 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display);
3849 } 8504 }
3850 8505
3851 while (XPending (dpyinfo->display) != 0) 8506 while (XPending (dpyinfo->display))
3852 { 8507 {
3853#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3854 /* needed to raise Motif submenus */
3855 XtAppNextEvent (Xt_app_con, &event);
3856#else
3857 XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); 8508 XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);
3858#endif 8509
8510 if (display_busy_cursor_p)
8511 {
8512 /* Setting inhibit_busy_cursor to 2 inhibits busy-cursor
8513 display until the next X event is read and we come
8514 here again. Setting it to 1 inhibits busy-cursor
8515 display for direct commands. */
8516 if (event.type == MotionNotify
8517 || event.type == EnterNotify
8518 || (dpyinfo->grabbed
8519 && event.type != ButtonRelease))
8520 inhibit_busy_cursor = 2;
8521 else
8522 inhibit_busy_cursor = 1;
8523 }
8524
3859#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N 8525#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
3860 { 8526 {
3861 struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, 8527 struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
@@ -3911,10 +8577,10 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3911 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself) 8577 == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself)
3912 { 8578 {
3913 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to 8579 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
3914 something which can reinstate us. This notifies 8580 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
3915 the session manager, who's looking for such a 8581 the session manager, who's looking for such a
3916 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when 8582 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
3917 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ 8583 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
3918 if (numchars > 0) 8584 if (numchars > 0)
3919 { 8585 {
3920 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, 8586 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
@@ -3983,6 +8649,35 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3983 &event, NULL); 8649 &event, NULL);
3984 } 8650 }
3985#endif /* HACK_EDITRES */ 8651#endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
8652 else if ((event.xclient.message_type
8653 == dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE)
8654 || (event.xclient.message_type
8655 == dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE))
8656 {
8657 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
8658 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
8659 currently never do because we are interested in
8660 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
8661 Window gs_window = (Window) event.xclient.data.l[0];
8662 Pixmap pixmap = (Pixmap) event.xclient.data.l[1];
8663 struct frame *f
8664 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
8665 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap, f);
8666 expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8667 }
8668#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8669 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
8670 we construct an input_event. */
8671 else if (event.xclient.message_type
8672 == dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar)
8673 {
8674 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event, bufp);
8675 ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
8676 goto out;
8677 }
8678#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8679 else
8680 goto OTHER;
3986 } 8681 }
3987 break; 8682 break;
3988 8683
@@ -3994,7 +8689,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
3994 x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection); 8689 x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection);
3995 break; 8690 break;
3996 8691
3997 case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ 8692 case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
3998#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 8693#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3999 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window)) 8694 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window))
4000 goto OTHER; 8695 goto OTHER;
@@ -4017,7 +8712,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4017 } 8712 }
4018 break; 8713 break;
4019 8714
4020 case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ 8715 case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */
4021#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 8716#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4022 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner)) 8717 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner))
4023 goto OTHER; 8718 goto OTHER;
@@ -4079,13 +8774,17 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4079 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); 8774 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
4080 } 8775 }
4081 else 8776 else
4082 dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, 8777 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
4083 event.xexpose.window), 8778 event.xexpose.window),
4084 event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, 8779 event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
4085 event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); 8780 event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
4086 } 8781 }
4087 else 8782 else
4088 { 8783 {
8784#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8785 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
8786 goto OTHER;
8787#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4089 struct scroll_bar *bar 8788 struct scroll_bar *bar
4090 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); 8789 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window);
4091 8790
@@ -4095,6 +8794,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4095 else 8794 else
4096 goto OTHER; 8795 goto OTHER;
4097#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ 8796#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8797#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4098 } 8798 }
4099 break; 8799 break;
4100 8800
@@ -4104,10 +8804,10 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4104 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); 8804 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable);
4105 if (f) 8805 if (f)
4106 { 8806 {
4107 dumprectangle (f, 8807 expose_frame (f,
4108 event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, 8808 event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y,
4109 event.xgraphicsexpose.width, 8809 event.xgraphicsexpose.width,
4110 event.xgraphicsexpose.height); 8810 event.xgraphicsexpose.height);
4111 } 8811 }
4112#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 8812#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4113 else 8813 else
@@ -4116,11 +8816,18 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4116 break; 8816 break;
4117 8817
4118 case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's 8818 case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
4119 source area was completely 8819 source area was completely
4120 available */ 8820 available */
4121 break; 8821 break;
4122 8822
4123 case UnmapNotify: 8823 case UnmapNotify:
8824 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
8825 if (event.xmap.window == tip_window)
8826 {
8827 tip_window = 0;
8828 redo_mouse_highlight ();
8829 }
8830
4124 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window); 8831 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window);
4125 if (f) /* F may no longer exist if 8832 if (f) /* F may no longer exist if
4126 the frame was deleted. */ 8833 the frame was deleted. */
@@ -4149,8 +8856,14 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4149 goto OTHER; 8856 goto OTHER;
4150 8857
4151 case MapNotify: 8858 case MapNotify:
4152 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come 8859 if (event.xmap.window == tip_window)
4153 for subwindows and they don't mean that the frame is visible. */ 8860 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
8861 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
8862 goto OTHER;
8863
8864 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
8865 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
8866 frame is visible. */
4154 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window); 8867 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window);
4155 if (f) 8868 if (f)
4156 { 8869 {
@@ -4179,13 +8892,24 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4179 } 8892 }
4180 goto OTHER; 8893 goto OTHER;
4181 8894
4182 /* Turn off processing if we become fully obscured. */
4183 case VisibilityNotify:
4184 break;
4185
4186 case KeyPress: 8895 case KeyPress:
4187 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window); 8896 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window);
4188 8897
8898#ifdef USE_MOTIF
8899 /* I couldn't find a way to prevent LessTif scroll bars
8900 from consuming key events. */
8901 if (f == 0)
8902 {
8903 Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo->display,
8904 event.xkey.window);
8905 if (widget && XmIsScrollBar (widget))
8906 {
8907 widget = XtParent (widget);
8908 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, XtWindow (widget));
8909 }
8910 }
8911#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
8912
4189 if (f != 0) 8913 if (f != 0)
4190 { 8914 {
4191 KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; 8915 KeySym keysym, orig_keysym;
@@ -4194,21 +8918,6 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4194 unsigned char copy_buffer[81]; 8918 unsigned char copy_buffer[81];
4195 int modifiers; 8919 int modifiers;
4196 8920
4197#if 0 /* This was how we made f10 work in Motif.
4198 The drawback is, you can't type at Emacs when the
4199 the mouse is in the menu bar. So it is better to
4200 turn off f10 in Motif and let Emacs handle it. */
4201#ifdef USE_MOTIF
4202 if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (event.xkey.window,
4203 f->output_data.x->menubar_widget
4204 ))
4205 {
4206 SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT;
4207 break;
4208 }
4209#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4210#endif /* 0 */
4211
4212 event.xkey.state 8921 event.xkey.state
4213 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 8922 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
4214 extra_keyboard_modifiers); 8923 extra_keyboard_modifiers);
@@ -4346,6 +9055,10 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4346 bufp++; 9055 bufp++;
4347 count++; 9056 count++;
4348 numchars--; 9057 numchars--;
9058
9059 if (display_busy_cursor_p)
9060 if (keysym != XK_Return || minibuf_level == 0)
9061 inhibit_busy_cursor = 2;
4349 } 9062 }
4350 else if (numchars > nbytes) 9063 else if (numchars > nbytes)
4351 { 9064 {
@@ -4381,32 +9094,68 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4381 goto OTHER; 9094 goto OTHER;
4382 9095
4383 /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole 9096 /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
4384 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If you get a 9097 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If
4385 FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you 9098 you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut
4386 relinquish the focus. If you haven't received a FocusIn event, 9099 event before you relinquish the focus. If you
4387 then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */ 9100 haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere
9101 LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */
4388 9102
4389 case EnterNotify: 9103 case EnterNotify:
4390 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); 9104 {
9105 int from_menu_bar_p = 0;
9106
9107 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
9108
9109#ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION
9110 /* When clicking outside of a menu bar popup to close
9111 it, we get a FocusIn/ EnterNotify sequence of
9112 events. The flag event.xcrossing.focus is not set
9113 in the EnterNotify event of that sequence because
9114 the focus is in the menu bar,
9115 event.xcrossing.window is the frame's X window.
9116 Unconditionally setting the focus frame to null in
9117 this case is not the right thing, because no event
9118 follows that could set the focus frame to the right
9119 value.
9120
9121 This could be a LessTif bug, but I wasn't able to
9122 reproduce the behavior in a simple test program.
9123
9124 (gerd, LessTif 0.88.1). */
9125
9126 if (!event.xcrossing.focus
9127 && f
9128 && f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)
9129 {
9130 Window focus;
9131 int revert;
9132
9133 XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), &focus, &revert);
9134 if (focus == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget))
9135 from_menu_bar_p = 1;
9136 }
9137#endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */
4391 9138
4392 if (event.xcrossing.focus) /* Entered Window */ 9139 if (event.xcrossing.focus || from_menu_bar_p)
4393 { 9140 {
4394 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ 9141 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
4395 if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) 9142 if (f && (!(f->auto_raise)
4396 || !(f->auto_lower) 9143 || !(f->auto_lower)
4397 || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) 9144 || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500))
4398 { 9145 {
4399 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); 9146 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
4400 enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; 9147 enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time;
4401 } 9148 }
4402 } 9149 }
4403 else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) 9150 else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
4404 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); 9151 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
4405 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, 9152
4406 so update things that depend on mouse position. */ 9153 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
4407 if (f) 9154 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
4408 note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); 9155 if (f && !f->output_data.x->busy_p)
4409 goto OTHER; 9156 note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
9157 goto OTHER;
9158 }
4410 9159
4411 case FocusIn: 9160 case FocusIn:
4412 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); 9161 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window);
@@ -4426,12 +9175,44 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4426 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); 9175 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
4427 if (f) 9176 if (f)
4428 { 9177 {
9178 Lisp_Object frame;
9179 int from_menu_bar_p = 0;
9180
4429 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) 9181 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
4430 /* If we move outside the frame, 9182 {
4431 then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ 9183 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
4432 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); 9184 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9185 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9186 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9187 }
4433 9188
4434 if (event.xcrossing.focus) 9189 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9190 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9191 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9192 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9193 if (any_help_event_p)
9194 {
9195 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9196 bufp->kind = HELP_EVENT;
9197 bufp->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Qnil);
9198 ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
9199 }
9200
9201#ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION
9202 /* Please see the comment at the start of the
9203 EnterNotify case. */
9204 if (!event.xcrossing.focus
9205 && f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)
9206 {
9207 Window focus;
9208 int revert;
9209 XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), &focus, &revert);
9210 if (focus == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget))
9211 from_menu_bar_p = 1;
9212 }
9213#endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */
9214
9215 if (event.xcrossing.focus || from_menu_bar_p)
4435 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo); 9216 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo);
4436 else 9217 else
4437 { 9218 {
@@ -4460,27 +9241,52 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4460 9241
4461 case MotionNotify: 9242 case MotionNotify:
4462 { 9243 {
9244 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
9245 help_echo = Qnil;
9246
4463 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame 9247 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
4464 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) 9248 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
4465 f = last_mouse_frame; 9249 f = last_mouse_frame;
4466 else 9250 else
4467 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window); 9251 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window);
9252
4468 if (f) 9253 if (f)
4469 note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); 9254 note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
4470 else 9255 else
4471 { 9256 {
9257#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4472 struct scroll_bar *bar 9258 struct scroll_bar *bar
4473 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); 9259 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window);
4474 9260
4475 if (bar) 9261 if (bar)
4476 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); 9262 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event);
9263#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4477 9264
4478 /* If we move outside the frame, 9265 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
4479 then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ 9266 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
4480 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); 9267 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
4481 } 9268 }
9269
9270 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
9271 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
9272 if (STRINGP (help_echo)
9273 || STRINGP (previous_help_echo))
9274 {
9275 Lisp_Object frame;
9276
9277 if (f)
9278 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9279 else
9280 frame = Qnil;
9281
9282 any_help_event_p = 1;
9283 bufp->kind = HELP_EVENT;
9284 bufp->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, help_echo);
9285 ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
9286 }
9287
9288 goto OTHER;
4482 } 9289 }
4483 goto OTHER;
4484 9290
4485 case ConfigureNotify: 9291 case ConfigureNotify:
4486 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window); 9292 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window);
@@ -4488,6 +9294,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4488 { 9294 {
4489 int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height); 9295 int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height);
4490 int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width); 9296 int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width);
9297
4491#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT 9298#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4492 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size 9299 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
4493 is called by the code that handles resizing 9300 is called by the code that handles resizing
@@ -4531,17 +9338,8 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4531 event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; 9338 event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x;
4532 event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; 9339 event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y;
4533 } 9340 }
4534#endif 9341#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4535 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
4536 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
4537 || f->phys_cursor_x >= columns)
4538 {
4539 f->phys_cursor_x = 0;
4540 f->phys_cursor_y = 0;
4541 f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
4542 }
4543 } 9342 }
4544
4545 goto OTHER; 9343 goto OTHER;
4546 9344
4547 case ButtonPress: 9345 case ButtonPress:
@@ -4550,11 +9348,13 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4550 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen 9348 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
4551 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ 9349 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
4552 struct input_event emacs_event; 9350 struct input_event emacs_event;
9351 int toolbar_p = 0;
9352
4553 emacs_event.kind = no_event; 9353 emacs_event.kind = no_event;
4554
4555 bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); 9354 bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));
4556 9355
4557 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame 9356 if (dpyinfo->grabbed
9357 && last_mouse_frame
4558 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) 9358 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
4559 f = last_mouse_frame; 9359 f = last_mouse_frame;
4560 else 9360 else
@@ -4562,16 +9362,39 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4562 9362
4563 if (f) 9363 if (f)
4564 { 9364 {
4565 if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) 9365 /* Is this in the toolbar? */
4566 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); 9366 if (WINDOWP (f->toolbar_window)
9367 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window)->height))
9368 {
9369 Lisp_Object window;
9370 int p, x, y;
9371
9372 x = event.xbutton.x;
9373 y = event.xbutton.y;
9374
9375 /* Set x and y. */
9376 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1);
9377 if (EQ (window, f->toolbar_window))
9378 {
9379 x_handle_toolbar_click (f, &event.xbutton);
9380 toolbar_p = 1;
9381 }
9382 }
9383
9384 if (!toolbar_p)
9385 if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame
9386 || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
9387 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f);
4567 } 9388 }
4568 else 9389 else
4569 { 9390 {
9391#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4570 struct scroll_bar *bar 9392 struct scroll_bar *bar
4571 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); 9393 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window);
4572 9394
4573 if (bar) 9395 if (bar)
4574 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); 9396 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event);
9397#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4575 } 9398 }
4576 9399
4577 if (event.type == ButtonPress) 9400 if (event.type == ButtonPress)
@@ -4584,6 +9407,11 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4584 the ButtonPress. */ 9407 the ButtonPress. */
4585 if (f != 0) 9408 if (f != 0)
4586 f->mouse_moved = 0; 9409 f->mouse_moved = 0;
9410
9411 if (!toolbar_p)
9412 last_toolbar_item = -1;
9413 if (display_busy_cursor_p)
9414 inhibit_busy_cursor = 2;
4587 } 9415 }
4588 else 9416 else
4589 { 9417 {
@@ -4622,6 +9450,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4622 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; 9450 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
4623 goto OTHER; 9451 goto OTHER;
4624 } 9452 }
9453
4625#ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid, 9454#ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
4626 but I am trying to be cautious. */ 9455 but I am trying to be cautious. */
4627 else if (event.type == ButtonRelease) 9456 else if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
@@ -4630,11 +9459,9 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4630 { 9459 {
4631 f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame); 9460 f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame);
4632 if (f->output_data.x) 9461 if (f->output_data.x)
4633 { 9462 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
4634 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
4635 }
4636 } 9463 }
4637 else 9464 else
4638 goto OTHER; 9465 goto OTHER;
4639 } 9466 }
4640#endif /* USE_MOTIF */ 9467#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
@@ -4645,9 +9472,13 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4645 break; 9472 break;
4646 9473
4647 case CirculateNotify: 9474 case CirculateNotify:
4648 break; 9475 goto OTHER;
9476
4649 case CirculateRequest: 9477 case CirculateRequest:
4650 break; 9478 goto OTHER;
9479
9480 case VisibilityNotify:
9481 goto OTHER;
4651 9482
4652 case MappingNotify: 9483 case MappingNotify:
4653 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the 9484 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
@@ -4674,6 +9505,8 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4674 } 9505 }
4675 } 9506 }
4676 9507
9508 out:;
9509
4677 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events 9510 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
4678 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ 9511 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
4679 if (! event_found) 9512 if (! event_found)
@@ -4696,7 +9529,7 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4696 } 9529 }
4697 } 9530 }
4698 9531
4699 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, 9532 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
4700 raise it now. */ 9533 raise it now. */
4701 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ 9534 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
4702 if (pending_autoraise_frame) 9535 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
@@ -4708,324 +9541,502 @@ XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
4708 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 9541 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4709 return count; 9542 return count;
4710} 9543}
9544
9545
9546
4711 9547
4712/* Drawing the cursor. */ 9548/***********************************************************************
9549 Text Cursor
9550 ***********************************************************************/
9551
9552/* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
9553 drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
9554 line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the
9555 line after HPOS has been written. */
4713 9556
9557static void
9558note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n)
9559 struct window *w;
9560 int hpos, n;
9561{
9562 if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA
9563 && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos
9564 && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos
9565 && (n < 0
9566 || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos))
9567 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9568}
9569
9570
9571/* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9572 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9573 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9574 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
4714 9575
4715/* Draw a hollow box cursor on frame F at X, Y. 9576 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
4716 Don't change the inside of the box. */ 9577 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9578 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
4717 9579
4718static void 9580static void
4719x_draw_box (f, x, y) 9581x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, whole_line_p)
4720 struct frame *f; 9582 struct window *w;
4721 int x, y; 9583 struct glyph_row *row;
9584 GC gc;
9585 int whole_line_p;
4722{ 9586{
4723 int left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); 9587 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4724 int top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); 9588 XRectangle clip_rect;
4725 int width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); 9589 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
4726 int height = f->output_data.x->line_height;
4727 int c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (f->phys_cursor_glyph);
4728 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
4729 9590
4730 XGCValues xgcv; 9591 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
4731 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
4732 9592
4733 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; 9593 clip_rect.x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
9594 clip_rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
9595 clip_rect.y = max (clip_rect.y, window_y);
9596 clip_rect.width = window_width;
9597 clip_rect.height = row->visible_height;
4734 9598
4735 /* cursor_gc's foreground color is typically the same as the normal 9599 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
4736 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */ 9600 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
4737 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc) 9601 if (whole_line_p)
4738 XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 9602 {
4739 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc, 9603 clip_rect.x -= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
4740 mask, &xgcv); 9604 clip_rect.width += 2 * FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
4741 else 9605 }
4742 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
4743 = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
4744 9606
4745 /* If cursor is on a multi-column character, multiply WIDTH by columns. */ 9607 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, &clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
4746 width *= (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION
4747 ? cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)]->width
4748 : CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
4749 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4750 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
4751 left, top, width - 1, height - 1);
4752} 9608}
4753 9609
4754/* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color, 9610
4755 and mark the cursor as not shown. 9611/* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
4756 This is used when the text where the cursor is
4757 is about to be rewritten. */
4758 9612
4759static void 9613static void
4760clear_cursor (f) 9614x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
4761 struct frame *f; 9615 struct window *w;
9616 struct glyph_row *row;
4762{ 9617{
4763 int mask; 9618 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4764 9619 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4765 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) 9620 Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
4766 || ! f->phys_cursor_on) 9621 int x, y, wd, h;
9622 XGCValues xgcv;
9623 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9624 GC gc;
9625
9626 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
9627 coordinates. */
9628 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9629 y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9630 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9631 h = row->height - 1;
9632
9633 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
9634 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
9635 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9636 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
4767 return; 9637 return;
4768 9638
4769 x_update_cursor (f, 0); 9639 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
4770 f->phys_cursor_on = 0; 9640 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
9641 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
9642 width instead. */
9643 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1;
9644 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
9645 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
9646 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
9647
9648 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
9649 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
9650 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
9651 if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc)
9652 XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
9653 else
9654 dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
9655 GCForeground, &xgcv);
9656 gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc;
9657
9658 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
9659 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0);
9660 XDrawRectangle (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h);
9661 XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
4771} 9662}
4772 9663
4773/* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style 9664
4774 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the 9665/* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
4775 glyph drawn. */ 9666
9667 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
9668 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
9669 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
9670 --gerd. */
4776 9671
4777static void 9672static void
4778x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight) 9673x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row)
4779 struct frame *f; 9674 struct window *w;
4780 int row, column; 9675 struct glyph_row *row;
4781 GLYPH glyph;
4782 int highlight;
4783{ 9676{
4784 dumpglyphs (f, 9677 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
4785 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), 9678 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
4786 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row), 9679 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
4787 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0, NULL); 9680 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9681 {
9682 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9683 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9684 GC gc;
9685 int x;
9686 unsigned long mask;
9687 XGCValues xgcv;
9688 Display *dpy;
9689 Window window;
9690
9691 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9692 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9693 return;
9694
9695 xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
9696 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
9697 xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
9698 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
9699 dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
9700 window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
9701 gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
9702
9703 if (gc)
9704 XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv);
9705 else
9706 {
9707 gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv);
9708 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc;
9709 }
9710
9711 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9712 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0);
9713 XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc,
9714 x,
9715 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
9716 min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
9717 f->output_data.x->cursor_width),
9718 row->height);
9719 XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
9720 }
4788} 9721}
4789 9722
9723
9724/* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
9725 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
9726 is is about to be rewritten. */
9727
4790static void 9728static void
4791x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y) 9729x_clear_cursor (w)
4792 struct frame *f; 9730 struct window *w;
4793 int on;
4794 int x, y;
4795{ 9731{
4796 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); 9732 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9733 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
9734}
4797 9735
4798 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
4799 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
4800 changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame. */
4801 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
4802 return;
4803 9736
4804 if (! on && ! f->phys_cursor_on) 9737/* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
4805 return; 9738 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
4806 9739
4807 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */ 9740static void
4808 if (f->phys_cursor_on 9741x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
4809 && (!on 9742 struct window *w;
4810 || f->phys_cursor_x != x 9743 struct glyph_row *row;
4811 || f->phys_cursor_y != y 9744 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4812 || f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)) 9745{
4813 { 9746 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
4814 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ 9747 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
4815 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, 9748 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
4816 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 9749 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
4817 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]); 9750 x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
4818 f->phys_cursor_on = 0; 9751 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1, hl, 0, 0);
4819 } 9752}
4820 9753
4821 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
4822 if (on
4823 && (! f->phys_cursor_on
4824 || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
4825 {
4826 f->phys_cursor_glyph
4827 = ((current_glyphs->enable[y]
4828 && x < current_glyphs->used[y])
4829 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x]
4830 : SPACEGLYPH);
4831 9754
4832 { 9755/* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
4833 XGCValues xgcv;
4834 unsigned long mask;
4835
4836 xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
4837 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
4838 xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
4839 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
4840
4841 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
4842 XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
4843 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
4844 mask, &xgcv);
4845 else
4846 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
4847 = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
4848 }
4849 9756
4850 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 9757static void
4851 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc, 9758x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
4852 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), 9759 struct window *w;
4853 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), 9760{
4854 max (f->output_data.x->cursor_width, 1), 9761 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4855 f->output_data.x->line_height); 9762 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9763 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9764 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9765 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
9766 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9767 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
9768 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9769 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9770
9771 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
9772 screen. */
9773 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
9774 goto mark_cursor_off;
9775
9776 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
9777 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
9778 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
9779 goto mark_cursor_off;
9780
9781 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
9782 can do. */
9783 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
9784 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
9785 goto mark_cursor_off;
9786
9787 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
9788 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
9789 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
9790 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
9791 cursor glyph at hand. */
9792 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9793 goto mark_cursor_off;
9794
9795 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
9796 we clear the cursor. */
9797 if (w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9798 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9799 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9800 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
9801 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9802 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9803 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
9804 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
9805 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
9806 mouse highlighting does not. */
9807 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
9808 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
9809
9810 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
9811 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
9812 {
9813 int x;
9814 int top_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
4856 9815
4857 f->phys_cursor_x = x; 9816 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
4858 f->phys_cursor_y = y; 9817 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
4859 f->phys_cursor_on = 1; 9818 goto mark_cursor_off;
4860 9819
4861 f->output_data.x->current_cursor = bar_cursor; 9820 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x),
9821
9822 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
9823 x,
9824 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (top_line_height,
9825 cursor_row->y)),
9826 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
9827 cursor_row->visible_height,
9828 False);
4862 } 9829 }
9830
9831 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9832 if (mouse_face_here_p)
9833 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
9834 else if (cursor_row->inverse_p)
9835 hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO;
9836 else
9837 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
9838 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
4863 9839
4864 if (updating_frame != f) 9840 mark_cursor_off:
4865 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); 9841 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9842 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
4866} 9843}
4867 9844
4868 9845
4869/* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON. 9846/* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
4870 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified by X and Y. */ 9847 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9848 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
4871 9849
4872static void 9850void
4873x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y) 9851x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
4874 struct frame *f; 9852 struct window *w;
4875 int on; 9853 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
4876 int x, y;
4877{ 9854{
4878 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); 9855 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9856 int new_cursor_type;
9857 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
9858 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
9859 struct glyph *glyph;
4879 9860
4880 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged 9861 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
4881 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of 9862 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
4882 changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame. */ 9863 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
4883 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) 9864 window. */
9865 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
9866 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
9867 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
9868 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
4884 return; 9869 return;
4885 9870
4886 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ 9871 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
4887 if (!on && ! f->phys_cursor_on) 9872 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
4888 return; 9873 return;
4889 9874
4890 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be 9875 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
4891 or it is in the wrong place, 9876 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
4892 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!) 9877 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
9878
9879 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9880 display the cursor. */
9881 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
9882 {
9883 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9884 return;
9885 }
9886
9887 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
9888
9889 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
9890 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
9891 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
9892 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
9893 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9894 box cursor. */
9895 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window)
9896 || f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)
9897 {
9898 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9899 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9900 else
9901 new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
9902 }
9903 else if (w->cursor_off_p)
9904 new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9905 else
9906 new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);
9907
9908 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9909 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
4893 erase it. */ 9910 erase it. */
4894 if (f->phys_cursor_on 9911 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
4895 && (!on 9912 && (!on
4896 || f->phys_cursor_x != x 9913 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
4897 || f->phys_cursor_y != y 9914 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
4898 || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor 9915 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type))
4899 && (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)))) 9916 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
4900 { 9917
4901 int mouse_face_here = 0; 9918 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
4902 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); 9919 display it. */
4903 9920 if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
4904 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when 9921 {
4905 we clear the cursor. */ 9922 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
4906 if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame 9923 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
4907 && 9924
4908 (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row 9925 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
4909 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row 9926 of them may need the information. */
4910 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)) 9927 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
4911 && 9928 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
4912 (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row 9929 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
4913 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row 9930 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
4914 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)) 9931 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
4915 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face 9932 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
4916 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline). 9933
4917 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */ 9934 switch (new_cursor_type)
4918 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
4919 mouse_face_here = 1;
4920
4921 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
4922 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
4923 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font) != f->output_data.x->line_height)
4924 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4925 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
4926 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
4927 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
4928 f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
4929 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
4930 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
4931 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
4932 (mouse_face_here
4933 ? 3
4934 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
4935 f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
4936 }
4937
4938 /* If we want to show a cursor,
4939 or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
4940 write it in the right place. */
4941 if (on
4942 && (! f->phys_cursor_on
4943 || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
4944 && f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)))
4945 {
4946 f->phys_cursor_glyph
4947 = ((current_glyphs->enable[y]
4948 && x < current_glyphs->used[y])
4949 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x]
4950 : SPACEGLYPH);
4951 if (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)
4952 {
4953 x_draw_box (f, x, y);
4954 f->output_data.x->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
4955 }
4956 else
4957 { 9935 {
4958 x_draw_single_glyph (f, y, x, 9936 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
4959 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2); 9937 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
4960 f->output_data.x->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor; 9938 break;
4961 }
4962 9939
4963 f->phys_cursor_x = x; 9940 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
4964 f->phys_cursor_y = y; 9941 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
4965 f->phys_cursor_on = 1; 9942 break;
9943
9944 case BAR_CURSOR:
9945 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9946 break;
9947
9948 case NO_CURSOR:
9949 break;
9950
9951 default:
9952 abort ();
9953 }
4966 } 9954 }
4967 9955
9956#ifndef XFlush
4968 if (updating_frame != f) 9957 if (updating_frame != f)
4969 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); 9958 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
9959#endif
4970} 9960}
4971 9961
4972/* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON. 9962
4973 Also set the frame's cursor position to X and Y. */ 9963/* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9964 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9965 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9966 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9967 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
4974 9968
4975void 9969void
4976x_display_cursor (f, on, x, y) 9970x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
4977 struct frame *f; 9971 struct window *w;
4978 int on; 9972 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
4979 int x, y;
4980{ 9973{
4981 BLOCK_INPUT; 9974 BLOCK_INPUT;
4982 9975 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
4983 if ((unsigned) x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)
4984 || (unsigned) y >= FRAME_HEIGHT (f))
4985 abort ();
4986
4987 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
4988 x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y);
4989 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
4990 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y);
4991 else
4992 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
4993 abort ();
4994
4995 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 9976 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4996} 9977}
4997 9978
4998/* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON. 9979
9980/* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
4999 Don't change the cursor's position. */ 9981 Don't change the cursor's position. */
5000 9982
5001void 9983void
5002x_update_cursor (f, on) 9984x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
5003 struct frame *f; 9985 struct frame *f;
5004 int on;
5005{ 9986{
5006 BLOCK_INPUT; 9987 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9988}
5007 9989
5008 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
5009 x_display_box_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y);
5010 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
5011 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y);
5012 else
5013 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
5014 abort ();
5015 9990
9991/* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9992 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9993
9994static void
9995x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9996 struct window *w;
9997 int on_p;
9998{
9999 while (w)
10000 {
10001 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
10002 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
10003 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
10004 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
10005 else
10006 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
10007
10008 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
10009 }
10010}
10011
10012
10013/* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
10014 of ON. */
10015
10016static void
10017x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
10018 struct window *w;
10019 int on;
10020{
10021 BLOCK_INPUT;
10022 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos,
10023 w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y);
5016 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 10024 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5017} 10025}
10026
10027
10028
5018 10029
5019/* Icons. */ 10030/* Icons. */
5020 10031
5021/* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F 10032/* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F
5022 when we get an expose event for it. */ 10033 when we get an expose event for it. */
5023 10034
5024void 10035void
5025refreshicon (f) 10036refreshicon (f)
5026 struct frame *f; 10037 struct frame *f;
5027{ 10038{
5028 /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */ 10039 /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */
5029} 10040}
5030 10041
5031/* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ 10042/* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
@@ -5035,8 +10046,7 @@ x_bitmap_icon (f, file)
5035 struct frame *f; 10046 struct frame *f;
5036 Lisp_Object file; 10047 Lisp_Object file;
5037{ 10048{
5038 int mask, bitmap_id; 10049 int bitmap_id;
5039 Window icon_window;
5040 10050
5041 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) 10051 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
5042 return 1; 10052 return 1;
@@ -5057,7 +10067,7 @@ x_bitmap_icon (f, file)
5057 gnu_width, gnu_height); 10067 gnu_width, gnu_height);
5058 10068
5059 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap, 10069 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
5060 this increments the refcount one extra time. 10070 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
5061 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed. 10071 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
5062 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */ 10072 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
5063 x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); 10073 x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id);
@@ -5120,7 +10130,7 @@ static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string;
5120 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if 10130 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
5121 x_catch_errors is in effect. */ 10131 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
5122 10132
5123static int 10133static void
5124x_error_catcher (display, error) 10134x_error_catcher (display, error)
5125 Display *display; 10135 Display *display;
5126 XErrorEvent *error; 10136 XErrorEvent *error;
@@ -5204,7 +10214,7 @@ x_had_errors_p (dpy)
5204 10214
5205/* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ 10215/* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
5206 10216
5207int 10217void
5208x_clear_errors (dpy) 10218x_clear_errors (dpy)
5209 Display *dpy; 10219 Display *dpy;
5210{ 10220{
@@ -5237,11 +10247,11 @@ x_trace_wire ()
5237 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal. 10247 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
5238 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the 10248 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
5239 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler, 10249 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
5240 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */ 10250 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
5241 10251
5242static SIGTYPE 10252static SIGTYPE
5243x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ 10253x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */
5244 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ 10254 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
5245{ 10255{
5246#ifdef USG 10256#ifdef USG
5247 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used; 10257 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
@@ -5270,7 +10280,7 @@ x_connection_closed (display, error_message)
5270 10280
5271 dpyinfo->display = 0; 10281 dpyinfo->display = 0;
5272 10282
5273 /* First delete frames whose minibuffers are on frames 10283 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
5274 that are on the dead display. */ 10284 that are on the dead display. */
5275 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) 10285 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5276 { 10286 {
@@ -5285,7 +10295,7 @@ x_connection_closed (display, error_message)
5285 } 10295 }
5286 10296
5287 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display. 10297 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
5288 We are now sure none of these is used as the minibuffer 10298 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
5289 for another frame that we need to delete. */ 10299 for another frame that we need to delete. */
5290 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) 10300 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5291 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) 10301 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
@@ -5322,7 +10332,7 @@ x_connection_closed (display, error_message)
5322 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for. 10332 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
5323 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ 10333 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
5324 10334
5325static int 10335static void
5326x_error_quitter (display, error) 10336x_error_quitter (display, error)
5327 Display *display; 10337 Display *display;
5328 XErrorEvent *error; 10338 XErrorEvent *error;
@@ -5346,12 +10356,11 @@ x_error_handler (display, error)
5346 Display *display; 10356 Display *display;
5347 XErrorEvent *error; 10357 XErrorEvent *error;
5348{ 10358{
5349 char buf[256], buf1[356];
5350
5351 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string)) 10359 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string))
5352 x_error_catcher (display, error); 10360 x_error_catcher (display, error);
5353 else 10361 else
5354 x_error_quitter (display, error); 10362 x_error_quitter (display, error);
10363 return 0;
5355} 10364}
5356 10365
5357/* This is the handler for X IO errors, always. 10366/* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
@@ -5366,6 +10375,7 @@ x_io_error_quitter (display)
5366 10375
5367 sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display)); 10376 sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display));
5368 x_connection_closed (display, buf); 10377 x_connection_closed (display, buf);
10378 return 0;
5369} 10379}
5370 10380
5371/* Changing the font of the frame. */ 10381/* Changing the font of the frame. */
@@ -5473,7 +10483,7 @@ void
5473x_calc_absolute_position (f) 10483x_calc_absolute_position (f)
5474 struct frame *f; 10484 struct frame *f;
5475{ 10485{
5476 Window win, child; 10486 Window child;
5477 int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; 10487 int win_x = 0, win_y = 0;
5478 int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags; 10488 int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
5479 int this_window; 10489 int this_window;
@@ -5543,12 +10553,23 @@ x_calc_absolute_position (f)
5543 + f->output_data.x->left_pos); 10553 + f->output_data.x->left_pos);
5544 10554
5545 if (flags & YNegative) 10555 if (flags & YNegative)
5546 /* We used to subtract f->output_data.x->menubar_height here 10556 {
5547 in the toolkit case, but PIXEL_HEIGHT already includes that. */ 10557 int menubar_height = 0;
5548 f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height 10558
5549 - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_y 10559#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5550 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) 10560 if (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)
5551 + f->output_data.x->top_pos); 10561 menubar_height
10562 = (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget->core.height
10563 + f->output_data.x->menubar_widget->core.border_width);
10564#endif
10565
10566 f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
10567 - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width
10568 - win_y
10569 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
10570 - menubar_height
10571 + f->output_data.x->top_pos);
10572 }
5552 10573
5553 /* The left_pos and top_pos 10574 /* The left_pos and top_pos
5554 are now relative to the top and left screen edges, 10575 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
@@ -5620,9 +10641,9 @@ x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
5620 int change_gravity; 10641 int change_gravity;
5621 int cols, rows; 10642 int cols, rows;
5622{ 10643{
10644#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5623 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; 10645 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
5624 int mask; 10646#endif
5625 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5626 10647
5627 BLOCK_INPUT; 10648 BLOCK_INPUT;
5628 10649
@@ -5648,6 +10669,8 @@ x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
5648 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 10669 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
5649 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) 10670 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
5650 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font))); 10671 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
10672 f->output_data.x->flags_areas_extra
10673 = 2 * FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
5651 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); 10674 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
5652 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); 10675 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
5653 10676
@@ -5683,13 +10706,7 @@ x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
5683#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ 10706#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5684 10707
5685 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ 10708 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
5686 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows 10709 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
5687 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
5688 {
5689 f->phys_cursor_x = 0;
5690 f->phys_cursor_y = 0;
5691 f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
5692 }
5693 10710
5694 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, 10711 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
5695 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. 10712 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
@@ -5831,9 +10848,7 @@ void
5831x_make_frame_visible (f) 10848x_make_frame_visible (f)
5832 struct frame *f; 10849 struct frame *f;
5833{ 10850{
5834 int mask;
5835 Lisp_Object type; 10851 Lisp_Object type;
5836 int starting_flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
5837 int original_top, original_left; 10852 int original_top, original_left;
5838 10853
5839 BLOCK_INPUT; 10854 BLOCK_INPUT;
@@ -5907,17 +10922,16 @@ x_make_frame_visible (f)
5907 Drawable rootw; 10922 Drawable rootw;
5908 int x, y; 10923 int x, y;
5909 unsigned int width, height, border, depth; 10924 unsigned int width, height, border, depth;
5910 10925
5911 BLOCK_INPUT; 10926 BLOCK_INPUT;
5912 10927
5913 /* On some window managers (Such as FVWM) moving an existing window, 10928 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
5914 even to the same place, causes the window manager to introduce 10929 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
5915 an offset. This can cause the window to move to an unexpected 10930 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
5916 location. Check the geometry (A little slow here) and then verify 10931 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
5917 that the window is in the right place. If the window is not in 10932 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
5918 the right place, move it there, and take the potential window 10933 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
5919 manager hit. */ 10934 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
5920
5921 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), 10935 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
5922 &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth); 10936 &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth);
5923 10937
@@ -5964,7 +10978,7 @@ x_make_frame_visible (f)
5964 } 10978 }
5965} 10979}
5966 10980
5967/* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ 10981/* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
5968 10982
5969/* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ 10983/* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
5970 10984
@@ -5972,7 +10986,6 @@ void
5972x_make_frame_invisible (f) 10986x_make_frame_invisible (f)
5973 struct frame *f; 10987 struct frame *f;
5974{ 10988{
5975 int mask;
5976 Window window; 10989 Window window;
5977 10990
5978#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 10991#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
@@ -6022,7 +11035,7 @@ x_make_frame_invisible (f)
6022 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 11035 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
6023 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), 11036 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
6024 False, 11037 False,
6025 SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask, 11038 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask,
6026 &unmap)) 11039 &unmap))
6027 { 11040 {
6028 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; 11041 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
@@ -6049,13 +11062,12 @@ x_make_frame_invisible (f)
6049 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 11062 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6050} 11063}
6051 11064
6052/* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ 11065/* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
6053 11066
6054void 11067void
6055x_iconify_frame (f) 11068x_iconify_frame (f)
6056 struct frame *f; 11069 struct frame *f;
6057{ 11070{
6058 int mask;
6059 int result; 11071 int result;
6060 Lisp_Object type; 11072 Lisp_Object type;
6061 11073
@@ -6188,7 +11200,8 @@ x_destroy_window (f)
6188#endif 11200#endif
6189 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc); 11201 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc);
6190#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 11202#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6191 XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); 11203 if (f->output_data.x->widget)
11204 XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
6192 free_frame_menubar (f); 11205 free_frame_menubar (f);
6193#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ 11206#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6194 11207
@@ -6197,7 +11210,7 @@ x_destroy_window (f)
6197 } 11210 }
6198 11211
6199 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event) 11212 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event)
6200 free (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event); 11213 xfree (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event);
6201 11214
6202 xfree (f->output_data.x); 11215 xfree (f->output_data.x);
6203 f->output_data.x = 0; 11216 f->output_data.x = 0;
@@ -6252,8 +11265,6 @@ x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
6252 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ 11265 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
6253 size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; 11266 size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */;
6254 11267
6255 flexlines = f->height;
6256
6257 size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos; 11268 size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
6258 size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos; 11269 size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos;
6259 11270
@@ -6355,7 +11366,9 @@ x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
6355 } 11366 }
6356 } 11367 }
6357 11368
11369#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6358 no_read: 11370 no_read:
11371#endif
6359 11372
6360#ifdef PWinGravity 11373#ifdef PWinGravity
6361 size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity; 11374 size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity;
@@ -6376,6 +11389,7 @@ x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
6376} 11389}
6377 11390
6378/* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ 11391/* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11392
6379void 11393void
6380x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) 11394x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
6381 struct frame *f; 11395 struct frame *f;
@@ -6403,9 +11417,7 @@ x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id)
6403{ 11417{
6404 Pixmap icon_pixmap; 11418 Pixmap icon_pixmap;
6405 11419
6406#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 11420#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6407 Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
6408#else
6409 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); 11421 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
6410#endif 11422#endif
6411 11423
@@ -6465,9 +11477,12 @@ x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
6465} 11477}
6466 11478
6467 11479
6468/* Interface to fontset handler. */ 11480/***********************************************************************
11481 Fonts
11482 ***********************************************************************/
6469 11483
6470/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */ 11484/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
11485
6471struct font_info * 11486struct font_info *
6472x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) 11487x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
6473 FRAME_PTR f; 11488 FRAME_PTR f;
@@ -6490,7 +11505,8 @@ x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
6490 int size; 11505 int size;
6491 int maxnames; 11506 int maxnames;
6492{ 11507{
6493 Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key, tem, second_best; 11508 Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key = Qnil;
11509 Lisp_Object tem, second_best;
6494 Display *dpy = f != NULL ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) : x_display_list->display; 11510 Display *dpy = f != NULL ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) : x_display_list->display;
6495 int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; 11511 int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
6496 int count; 11512 int count;
@@ -6597,9 +11613,10 @@ x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
6597 Store that in the font cache for the display. */ 11613 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
6598 for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++) 11614 for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++)
6599 { 11615 {
11616 int width = 0;
6600 char *p = names[i]; 11617 char *p = names[i];
6601 int average_width = -1, dashes = 0, width = 0; 11618 int average_width = -1, dashes = 0;
6602 11619
6603 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are 11620 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
6604 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash 11621 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
6605 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which 11622 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
@@ -6691,7 +11708,7 @@ x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
6691 } 11708 }
6692 else 11709 else
6693 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had 11710 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
6694 retruned a font which can't be opened. Record the size 11711 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
6695 as 0 not to try to open it again. */ 11712 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
6696 XCONS (tem)->cdr = make_number (0); 11713 XCONS (tem)->cdr = make_number (0);
6697 } 11714 }
@@ -6729,6 +11746,96 @@ x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
6729 return newlist; 11746 return newlist;
6730} 11747}
6731 11748
11749
11750#if GLYPH_DEBUG
11751
11752/* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11753 font table. */
11754
11755static void
11756x_check_font (f, font)
11757 struct frame *f;
11758 XFontStruct *font;
11759{
11760 int i;
11761 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
11762
11763 xassert (font != NULL);
11764
11765 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
11766 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
11767 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
11768 break;
11769
11770 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
11771}
11772
11773#endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11774
11775/* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
11776 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
11777 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
11778 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
11779 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
11780
11781static INLINE void
11782x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
11783 XFontStruct *font;
11784 int *w, *h;
11785{
11786 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
11787 *w = font->min_bounds.width;
11788
11789 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
11790 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
11791 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
11792 if (*w <= 0)
11793 *w = font->max_bounds.width;
11794}
11795
11796
11797/* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
11798 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
11799 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
11800 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
11801 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
11802
11803static int
11804x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
11805 struct frame *f;
11806{
11807 int i;
11808 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
11809 XFontStruct *font;
11810 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
11811 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
11812
11813 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
11814 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
11815
11816 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
11817 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
11818 {
11819 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
11820 int w, h;
11821
11822 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
11823 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
11824 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
11825
11826 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
11827 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
11828 }
11829
11830 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
11831 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
11832
11833 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
11834 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
11835 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
11836}
11837
11838
6732/* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a 11839/* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
6733 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically. 11840 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
6734 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font. 11841 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
@@ -6756,10 +11863,11 @@ x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
6756 11863
6757 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) 11864 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
6758 for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr) 11865 for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
6759 if (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, 11866 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
6760 XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data) 11867 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
6761 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, 11868 XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)
6762 XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)) 11869 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
11870 XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)))
6763 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); 11871 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
6764 } 11872 }
6765 11873
@@ -6769,6 +11877,7 @@ x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
6769 XFontStruct *font; 11877 XFontStruct *font;
6770 struct font_info *fontp; 11878 struct font_info *fontp;
6771 unsigned long value; 11879 unsigned long value;
11880 int i;
6772 11881
6773 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If 11882 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
6774 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME 11883 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
@@ -6793,31 +11902,30 @@ x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
6793 if (!font) 11902 if (!font)
6794 return NULL; 11903 return NULL;
6795 11904
6796 /* Do we need to create the table? */ 11905 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
6797 if (dpyinfo->font_table_size == 0) 11906 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
6798 { 11907 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL)
6799 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 16; 11908 break;
6800 dpyinfo->font_table 11909
6801 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->font_table_size 11910 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
6802 * sizeof (struct font_info)); 11911 if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts
6803 } 11912 && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size)
6804 /* Do we need to grow the table? */
6805 else if (dpyinfo->n_fonts
6806 >= dpyinfo->font_table_size)
6807 { 11913 {
6808 dpyinfo->font_table_size *= 2; 11914 int sz;
11915 dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size);
11916 sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table;
6809 dpyinfo->font_table 11917 dpyinfo->font_table
6810 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, 11918 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz);
6811 (dpyinfo->font_table_size
6812 * sizeof (struct font_info)));
6813 } 11919 }
6814 11920
6815 fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + dpyinfo->n_fonts; 11921 fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
11922 if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts)
11923 ++dpyinfo->n_fonts;
6816 11924
6817 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */ 11925 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
6818 BLOCK_INPUT; 11926 BLOCK_INPUT;
6819 fontp->font = font; 11927 fontp->font = font;
6820 fontp->font_idx = dpyinfo->n_fonts; 11928 fontp->font_idx = i;
6821 fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); 11929 fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
6822 bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1); 11930 bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
6823 11931
@@ -6894,7 +12002,7 @@ x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
6894 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF, 12002 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF,
6895 0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, or 12003 0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, or
6896 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset 12004 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
6897 uses this font. So, we set informatoin in fontp->encoding[1] 12005 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
6898 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be 12006 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
6899 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */ 12007 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
6900 fontp->encoding[1] 12008 fontp->encoding[1]
@@ -6930,15 +12038,21 @@ x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
6930 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value) 12038 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
6931 ? (long) value : 0); 12039 ? (long) value : 0);
6932 12040
12041 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
12042 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
12043 before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any
12044 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
12045 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
12046 fonts_changed_p = x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f);
6933 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 12047 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6934 dpyinfo->n_fonts++;
6935
6936 return fontp; 12048 return fontp;
6937 } 12049 }
6938} 12050}
6939 12051
6940/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for frame F. 12052
6941 If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */ 12053/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
12054 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
12055
6942struct font_info * 12056struct font_info *
6943x_query_font (f, fontname) 12057x_query_font (f, fontname)
6944 struct frame *f; 12058 struct frame *f;
@@ -6948,13 +12062,15 @@ x_query_font (f, fontname)
6948 int i; 12062 int i;
6949 12063
6950 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) 12064 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
6951 if (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname) 12065 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
6952 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname)) 12066 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
12067 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname)))
6953 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); 12068 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
6954 return NULL; 12069 return NULL;
6955} 12070}
6956 12071
6957/* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the memer 12072
12073/* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
6958 `encoder' of the structure. */ 12074 `encoder' of the structure. */
6959 12075
6960void 12076void
@@ -6996,8 +12112,11 @@ x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
6996 } 12112 }
6997} 12113}
6998 12114
12115
6999 12116
7000/* Initialization. */ 12117/***********************************************************************
12118 Initialization
12119 ***********************************************************************/
7001 12120
7002#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT 12121#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7003static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { 12122static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
@@ -7097,8 +12216,6 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7097 char *xrm_option; 12216 char *xrm_option;
7098 char *resource_name; 12217 char *resource_name;
7099{ 12218{
7100 Lisp_Object frame;
7101 char *defaultvalue;
7102 int connection; 12219 int connection;
7103 Display *dpy; 12220 Display *dpy;
7104 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; 12221 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
@@ -7195,7 +12312,7 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7195 all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard; 12312 all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard;
7196 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. 12313 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
7197 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to 12314 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
7198 prompt in the minibuffer. */ 12315 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
7199 if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) 12316 if (current_kboard == initial_kboard)
7200 current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard; 12317 current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard;
7201 } 12318 }
@@ -7253,6 +12370,7 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7253 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; 12370 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
7254 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; 12371 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
7255 dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1; 12372 dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1;
12373 dpyinfo->font_table = NULL;
7256 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; 12374 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
7257 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0; 12375 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
7258 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0; 12376 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
@@ -7263,14 +12381,25 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7263 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; 12381 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
7264 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; 12382 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7265 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; 12383 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7266 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0; 12384 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
7267 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; 12385 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7268 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0; 12386 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
7269 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0; 12387 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
7270 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; 12388 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
7271 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; 12389 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
7272 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; 12390 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
12391 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
7273 12392
12393 {
12394 int screen_number = XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
12395 double pixels = DisplayHeight (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
12396 double mm = DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
12397 dpyinfo->resy = pixels * 25.4 / mm;
12398 pixels = DisplayWidth (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
12399 mm = DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
12400 dpyinfo->resx = pixels * 25.4 / mm;
12401 }
12402
7274 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols 12403 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
7275 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False); 12404 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False);
7276 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus 12405 dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus
@@ -7319,6 +12448,13 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7319 dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT 12448 dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
7320 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False); 12449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False);
7321 12450
12451 /* Ghostscript support. */
12452 dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PAGE", False);
12453 dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DONE", False);
12454
12455 dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "SCROLLBAR",
12456 False);
12457
7322 dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0; 12458 dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0;
7323 12459
7324 connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display); 12460 connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display);
@@ -7335,6 +12471,16 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7335 1); 12471 1);
7336 } 12472 }
7337 12473
12474 {
12475 extern int gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height;
12476 extern unsigned char *gray_bitmap_bits;
12477 dpyinfo->gray
12478 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window,
12479 gray_bitmap_bits,
12480 gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height,
12481 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
12482 }
12483
7338#ifdef subprocesses 12484#ifdef subprocesses
7339 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */ 12485 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
7340 if (connection != 0) 12486 if (connection != 0)
@@ -7383,7 +12529,6 @@ x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
7383#endif 12529#endif
7384#endif 12530#endif
7385 12531
7386
7387 UNBLOCK_INPUT; 12532 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7388 12533
7389 return dpyinfo; 12534 return dpyinfo;
@@ -7447,25 +12592,38 @@ x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
7447 12592
7448/* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */ 12593/* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
7449 12594
12595static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface =
12596{
12597 x_produce_glyphs,
12598 x_write_glyphs,
12599 x_insert_glyphs,
12600 x_clear_end_of_line,
12601 x_scroll_run,
12602 x_after_update_window_line,
12603 x_update_window_begin,
12604 x_update_window_end,
12605 XTcursor_to,
12606 x_flush,
12607 x_get_glyph_overhangs
12608};
12609
7450void 12610void
7451x_initialize () 12611x_initialize ()
7452{ 12612{
7453 clear_frame_hook = XTclear_frame; 12613 rif = &x_redisplay_interface;
7454 clear_end_of_line_hook = XTclear_end_of_line; 12614
7455 ins_del_lines_hook = XTins_del_lines; 12615 clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame;
7456 change_line_highlight_hook = XTchange_line_highlight; 12616 ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
7457 insert_glyphs_hook = XTinsert_glyphs; 12617 change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight;
7458 write_glyphs_hook = XTwrite_glyphs; 12618 delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
7459 delete_glyphs_hook = XTdelete_glyphs;
7460 ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; 12619 ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
7461 reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; 12620 reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
7462 set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; 12621 set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
7463 update_begin_hook = XTupdate_begin; 12622 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
7464 update_end_hook = XTupdate_end; 12623 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
7465 set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; 12624 set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
7466 read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; 12625 read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
7467 frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; 12626 frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
7468 cursor_to_hook = XTcursor_to;
7469 reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight; 12627 reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight;
7470 mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; 12628 mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
7471 frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; 12629 frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
@@ -7474,6 +12632,7 @@ x_initialize ()
7474 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; 12632 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
7475 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; 12633 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
7476 judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; 12634 judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;
12635 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
7477 12636
7478 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ 12637 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
7479 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ 12638 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
@@ -7484,7 +12643,9 @@ x_initialize ()
7484 baud_rate = 19200; 12643 baud_rate = 19200;
7485 12644
7486 x_noop_count = 0; 12645 x_noop_count = 0;
7487 12646 last_toolbar_item = -1;
12647 any_help_event_p = 0;
12648
7488 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ 12649 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
7489 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); 12650 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
7490 12651
@@ -7499,7 +12660,7 @@ x_initialize ()
7499 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler); 12660 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
7500 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); 12661 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);
7501 12662
7502 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ 12663 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
7503#ifdef SIGWINCH 12664#ifdef SIGWINCH
7504 signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); 12665 signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL);
7505#endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ 12666#endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */
@@ -7507,6 +12668,7 @@ x_initialize ()
7507 signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal); 12668 signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal);
7508} 12669}
7509 12670
12671
7510void 12672void
7511syms_of_xterm () 12673syms_of_xterm ()
7512{ 12674{
@@ -7524,6 +12686,30 @@ syms_of_xterm ()
7524 12686
7525 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame); 12687 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame);
7526 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; 12688 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
12689
12690 staticpro (&help_echo);
12691 help_echo = Qnil;
12692 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
12693 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
12694
12695 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
12696 "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
12697For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
12698wide as that tab on the display.");
12699 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
12700
12701 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars-p", &x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p,
12702 "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.");
12703#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12704 x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 1;
12705#else
12706 x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 0;
12707#endif
12708
12709 defsubr (&Sxt_process_timeouts);
12710 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
12711 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
7527} 12712}
7528 12713
7529#endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ 12714#endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
12715